PDF DOWNLOAD John Deere 331G & 333G Compact Track Loader Repair Technical Manual TM14064X19 by www.heydownloads.com

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader Repair (PIN: 1T0331G_ _ _F300253— ) (PIN: 1T0333G_ _ _F300253— )

REPAIR TECHNICAL MANUAL 331G and 333G Compact Track Loader TM14064X19 01FEB21

Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division PRINTED IN U.S.A.

(ENGLISH)

Introduction Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.

Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values.

This is the safety-alert symbol. When this symbol is seen on the machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury.

Technical manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair.

Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and test sections help to quickly identify the majority of routine failures quickly.

Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. MM16284,00026ED -19-19JAN21-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Introduction

Manual Identification—READ THIS FIRST!

TX1215127 —UN—02MAY16

IMPORTANT: Use only supporting manuals designated for the specific machine. If incorrect manual is chosen, improper service may occur. Verify product identification number (PIN) when choosing the correct manual. Choosing the Correct Supporting Manuals John Deere skid steers are available in different machine configurations based on the various markets into which they are sold. Different supporting manuals exist for different machine configurations.

Product Identification Number The product identification number (PIN) plate (1) is located on the right side of machine behind the cab. Each machine has a 17-character PIN (2) shown on PIN plate.

PIN Plate Location

JOHN DEERE Product Identification Number *1T0331GJCGF000001*

SKID STEER 331G MADE IN USA DEERE & COMPANY, MOLINE, ILLINOIS, USA

TX1216544 —UN—02JUN16

When necessary, product identification numbers are listed on the front covers of skid steer manuals. These numbers are used to identify the correct supporting manual for the machine.

Example of PIN Plate 1— PIN Plate

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

2— 17-Character PIN

JB38880,0001178 -19-23MAY17-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=3

Introduction

The following is an example for a machine that meets Final Tier 4 and Stage IV emission levels:

The PIN identifies the producing factory, machine model number, machine option, year of manufacture, engine emission level, and machine serial number.

17-Character PIN Examples 1

• (1—3) World Code: Identifies location where machine is manufactured.

1T0 .................

World Code (manufacturing location)

_ ....................

Check Letter (variable)

• (10) Manufacturing Year Code: Identifies year of machine manufacture.

1DW ............

Davenport Works

_ ....................

1T8 ..............

Thibodaux Works

D .................

Manufacturing Year Code (variable) 2013

1T0 ..............

Dubuque Works

E .................

2014

1FF ..............

Deere—Hitachi (Kernersville, NC, USA)

F .................

2015

1F9 ..............

Deere—Hitachi (Indaiatuba, São Paulo, Brazil)

• (4—8) Machine Model and Series Identifier: Identifies model number and series.

331G ...............

Machine Model and Series Identifier

333G ...............

Machine Model and Series Identifier

NOTE: Characters 7—8 identify series and major machine configuration options. These characters will change from one machine to another. _ ....................

Machine Option Code

A .................

Single Speed

B .................

2-Speed

E .................

Single Speed High Flow

F..................

2-Speed High Flow

J ..................

Single Speed Electrohydraulic (EH)

K .................

2-Speed Electrohydraulic (EH)

L .................

Single Speed High Flow Electrohydraulic (EH)

M .................

2-Speed High Flow Electrohydraulic (EH)

G ................

2016

H ................

2017

• (11) Engine Emission Code: Represents engine emission certification.

F .................... C ................

Engine Emission Code Tier 2 and Stage II

D ................

Tier 3 and Stage III A

E .................

Interim Tier 4 and Stage III B

F .................

Final Tier 4 and Stage IV

G ................

Interim Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-56 kW)

H .................

Final Tier 4 and Stage III A (19-37 kW)

J ..................

Final Tier 4 and Stage III B (37-56 kW)

K .................

Final Tier 4 (8-19 kW)

• (12—17) Machine Serial Number: Identifies machine serial number. This character will change from one machine to another.

000001 ............

Machine Serial Number

• (9) Check Letter: This is a random character assigned

by the factory. This is not used in machine identification. JB38880,0001178 -19-23MAY17-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=4

Contents Section 00—General Information Group 0001—Safety Group 0003—Torque Values

Section 01—Tracks Group 0130—Track System

Section 03—Transmission Group 0325—Flywheel Coupler Group 0360—Hydraulic System

Section 04—Engine Group 0400—Removal and Installation

Section 05—Engine Auxiliary System Group 0510—Cooling Systems Group 0520—Intake System Group 0530—External Exhaust Systems Group 0560—External Fuel Supply Systems

Section 16—Electrical System Group 1600—Removal and Installation

Section 17—Frame or Supporting Structure Group 1740—Frame Installation

Section 18—Operator's Station Group 1800—Removal and Installation Group 1810—Operator Enclosure Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning

Section 19—Sheet Metal and Styling Group 1910—Hood or Engine Enclosure

Section 20—Safety and Convenience Group 2001—Radio

Section 21—Main Hydraulic System Group 2160—Hydraulic System

Section 31—Loader Group 3104—Attachment Coupler Group 3140—Frame Group 3160—Hydraulic System

Section 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools Group 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools

Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. COPYRIGHT © 2021 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved. A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ™ Manual Previous Editions Copyright © 2006, 2016, 2017, 2018,2019, 2020

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Contents

Section 00 General Information

Page Page

Group 0001—Safety Recognize Safety Information ................... 00-0001-1 Follow Safety Instructions.......................... 00-0001-1 Operate Only If Qualified ........................... 00-0001-1 Wear Protective Equipment....................... 00-0001-2 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......................................... 00-0001-2 Control Pattern .......................................... 00-0001-2 Inspect Machine ........................................ 00-0001-2 Stay Clear of Moving Parts........................ 00-0001-3 Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................... 00-0001-3 Avoid High-Pressure Oils .......................... 00-0001-3 Work In Ventilated Area............................. 00-0001-4 Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Refueling ............................................... 00-0001-4 Prevent Fires ............................................. 00-0001-5 High Debris Applications ........................... 00-0001-5 In Case of Machine Fire ............................ 00-0001-6 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 00-0001-6 Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 00-0001-6 Handle Starting Fluid Safely ...................... 00-0001-7 Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components ................................... 00-0001-7 Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal................................................. 00-0001-7 Prepare for Emergencies........................... 00-0001-8 Clean Debris from Machine ....................... 00-0001-8 Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses ...................................................... 00-0001-8 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ................................................ 00-0001-8 Start Only From Operator's Seat ............... 00-0001-9 Use and Maintain Seat Belt ....................... 00-0001-9 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement.............................................. 00-0001-9 Avoid Work Site Hazards......................... 00-0001-10 Avoid Power Lines................................... 00-0001-11 Keep Riders Off Machine ........................ 00-0001-11 Avoid Backover Accidents ....................... 00-0001-11 Avoid Machine Tip Over and Machine Damage ................................ 00-0001-12 Operating on Slopes................................ 00-0001-12 Operating or Traveling On Public Roads .................................................. 00-0001-12 Inspect and Maintain ROPS .................... 00-0001-13 Travel Safely............................................ 00-0001-13 Prevent Acid Burns.................................. 00-0001-14 Add and Operate Attachments Safely................................................... 00-0001-14 Park and Prepare for Service Safely................................................... 00-0001-15 Service Machines Safely ......................... 00-0001-15 Service Cooling System Safely ............... 00-0001-16 TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating ................................................ 00-0001-16 Make Welding Repairs Safely ................. 00-0001-16 Drive Metal Pins Safely ........................... 00-0001-17 Use Proper Lifting Equipment.................. 00-0001-17 Clean Exhaust Filter Safely ..................... 00-0001-18 Group 0003—Torque Values Torque Value Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw ..........00-0003-1 Metric Bolt and Cap Screw....................00-0003-3 Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values ........................................ 00-0003-5 Check Oil Lines And Fittings ..................... 00-0003-6 Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings.............................. 00-0003-6 Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat Connectors ............................................ 00-0003-8 Service Recommendations for Flared Connections—Straight or Tapered Threads ................................... 00-0003-9 Service Recommendation Inch Series Four Bolt Flange For High Pressure ..................................................00-0003-10 Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings ................................................. 00-0003-11 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with SAE Inch Hex Nut and Stud End for High Pressure.....................00-0003-12 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for Standard Pressure..............00-0003-14 O-Ring Face Seal Fittings with Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for High Pressure.....................00-0003-16 Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting................................................... 00-0003-18

00-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 0001

Safety Recognize Safety Information T133555 —UN—15APR13

This is the safety alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.

T133588 —19—28AUG00

On your machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.

TX,RECOGNIZE -19-28JUN10-1/1

Follow Safety Instructions

TS201 —UN—15APR13

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Use this operator’s manual for correct safety sign placement. Be sure that new equipment components and repair parts include the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are available from your John Deere dealer. There can be additional safety information contained on parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not reproduced in this operator's manual. Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction. Keep your machine in proper working condition. Unauthorized modifications to the machine could impair the function or safety and affect machine life.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and need assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

TX,FOLLOW -19-20JAN11-1/1

Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction.

machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site.

Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and TX,QUALIFIED -19-18JAN11-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=9

Safety

Wear Protective Equipment Guard against injury from flying pieces or metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses.

TS206 —UN—15APR13

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones while operating machine. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises. Radio or music headphones are not suitable to use for hearing protection.

TX,WEAR,PE -19-22SEP10-1/1

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications John Deere recommends using only genuine John Deere replacement parts to ensure machine performance. Never substitute genuine John Deere parts with alternate parts not intended for the application as these can create hazardous situations or hazardous performance. Non-John Deere parts, or any damage or malfunctions resulting from their use, are not covered by any John Deere warranty. Modifications to this machine or addition of unapproved products or attachments may affect machine stability or

reliability and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification that may affect the electronic controls of this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely affect the machine or its performance. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight, or balance of the machine or that alter machine controls, performance, or reliability. TX,AVOID,MACH,MODS -19-24FEB20-1/1

Control Pattern The control functions are described as they are arranged when the machine leaves the factory. Some control

functions can be changed to suit particular operating situations. Ensure that the operator is aware of all of the functions before operating any of the controls. TX,CTRL,PAT -19-24FEB20-1/1

Inspect Machine

Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.

T6607AQ —UN—15APR13

Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting.

TX,INSPECT -19-08SEP10-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=10

Safety

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting, or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.

T133592 —UN—15APR13

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

TX,MOVING,PARTS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high-pressure fluids. If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

TX,FLUID -19-08JUN20-1/1

Avoid High-Pressure Oils

Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system.

T133840 —UN—20SEP00

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene could result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

T133509 —UN—15APR13

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

TX,HPOILS -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=11

Safety

Work In Ventilated Area

If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the area.

TS220 —UN—15APR13

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.

DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1

Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Refueling

Static charges can build up in ULSD fuel while it is flowing through fuel delivery systems. Static electricity discharge when combustible vapors are present could result in a fire or explosion. Therefore, it is important to ensure that the entire system used to refuel your machine (fuel supply tank, transfer pump, transfer hose, nozzle, and others) is properly grounded and bonded. Consult with your fuel or fuel system supplier to ensure that the delivery system is in compliance with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding practices.

RG21992 —UN—21AUG13

Refineries may have treated the fuel with a static dissipating additive. However, there are many factors that can reduce the effectiveness of the additive over time.

RG22142 —UN—17MAR14

The removal of sulfur and other compounds in Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel decreases its conductivity and increases its ability to store a static charge.

DX,FUEL,STATIC,ELEC -19-12JUL13-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=12

Safety

T133552 —UN—15APR13

Prevent Fires Handle Fluids Safely: All fuels, most lubricants, and some coolant mixtures are flammable. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep flammable debris (trash, leaves, twigs, straw, etc.), grease, and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment.

Handle Fuel Safely T133553 —UN—07SEP00

Maintain Hoses, Tubes, and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses and tubes immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep a Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multipurpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use extinguisher properly.

Clean Machine Regularly T133554 —UN—07SEP00

Be Aware of the Operating Environment: Airborne debris may contain sparks or embers. Do not operate near any flame.

Carry A Fire Extinguisher MB60223,0005002 -19-29SEP16-1/1

T133552 —UN—15APR13

High Debris Applications Many operations create flammable debris such as mulching, shredding, recycling, and agricultural applications. Operating in such environments may require frequent cleaning of the machine and attachments. Frequency of cleaning will vary depending on a number of factors, including operating conditions and weather. Flammable Debris TX,HIGH,DEBRIS,APP -19-24FEB20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=13

Safety

In Case of Machine Fire CAUTION: Avoid personal injury from exposed flames. Maintain safe distance.

TS227 —UN—15APR13

• Turn the engine off. • Turn the battery disconnect switch to the OFF position (if equipped).

• If possible, fight the fire using the portable fire

extinguisher or other fire suppression equipment (if equipped). • Ensure that the fire does not spread to the surrounding area. Do not risk injury. If a fire is too far advanced, do not try to extinguish fire. • Call for help.

In Case of Machine Fire

TX,MACH,FIRE -19-24FEB20-1/1

Prevent Battery Explosions Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can explode.

TS204 —UN—15APR13

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer. Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F). Keep battery electrolyte levels properly maintained.

Battery Explosions TX,PREVENT,BATT -19-24FEB20-1/1

Handle Chemical Products Safely

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific details on chemical products: physical and health hazards, safety procedures, and emergency response techniques. Check the MSDS before you start any job using a hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow procedures and recommended equipment.

TS1132 —UN—15APR13

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants, coolants, paints, and adhesives.

(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical products used with John Deere equipment.) DX,MSDS,NA -19-03MAR93-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-6

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=14

Safety

Handle Starting Fluid Safely Starting fluid is highly flammable. Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep starting fluid away from batteries and cables. TS1356 —UN—18MAR92

To prevent accidental discharge when storing the pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store in a cool, protected location. Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container. Do not use starting fluid on an engine equipped with glow plugs or an air intake heater.

DX,FIRE3 -19-14MAR14-1/1

Decommissioning — Proper Recycling and Disposal of Fluids and Components

TS1133 —UN—15APR13

Safety and environmental stewardship measures must be taken into account when decommissioning a machine and/or component. These measures include the following:

• Use appropriate tools and personal protective

equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and materials. • Follow instructions for specialized components. • Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar systems. • Minimize exposure to components which may have residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these components appropriately. • Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling components. Use leak-proof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. • Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. • Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid);

filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes. • Service and dispose of air conditioning systems appropriately. Government regulations may require a certified service center to recover and recycle air conditioning refrigerants which could damage the atmosphere if allowed to escape. • Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be recyclable, in part or completely. • Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or your John Deere dealer for information on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste. DX,DRAIN -19-01JUN15-1/1

Exhaust Filter Ash Handling and Disposal CAUTION: Under federal, state, and local laws or regulations, exhaust filter ash can be classified as a hazardous waste. Hazardous waste must be disposed of in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws or regulations

governing hazardous waste disposal. Only a qualified service provider should remove ash from the exhaust filter. Personal protective equipment and clothing, maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition, should be used when handling and cleaning exhaust filter. See your authorized dealer for exhaust filter ash handling and disposal. TX,ASH,DISP -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-7

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=15

Safety

Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if a fire starts. Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy. TS291 —UN—15APR13

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1

Clean Debris from Machine Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic lines, exhaust components, fuel tank, and operator's station clean and free of debris. T6669AG —UN—15APR13

Clean any oil spills or fuel spills on machine surfaces. Temperature in engine compartment could go up immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FOR FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD. Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean engine compartment.

TX,DEBRIS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Add Cab Guarding for Special Uses Special work situations or machine attachments could create an environment with falling or flying objects. Working near an overhead bank, demolition work, using a hydraulic hammer or winch, working in a forestry application or wooded area, or working in a waste management application, for example, could require added guarding to protect the operator.

Additional level II FOPS (falling object protective structure), forestry protection packages, and special screens or guarding should be installed when falling or flying objects could enter or damage the machine. A rear screen should always be used with a winch to protect against a snapping cable. Before operating in any special work environments, follow the operator protection recommendations of the manufacturer of any specialized attachment or equipment. Contact your authorized John Deere dealer for information on protective guarding. TX,CABGUARD -19-12FEB13-1/1

Prevent falls by facing the machine when you get on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.

T133468 —UN—15APR13

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

TX,STEPS -19-09FEB11-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=16

Safety

T133715 —UN—15APR13

Start Only From Operator's Seat Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator's seat. Ensure that all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.

TX,SOFOS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Use and Maintain Seat Belt TX1165594 —19—23JUL14

Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. Check condition of seat belt and mounting hardware before operating machine. Replace if worn, frayed, or damaged. Replace seat belt at least every 3 years, regardless of condition.

TX,SEAT,BELT -19-27JUL20-1/1

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls. Follow these steps during work interruptions before allowing coworkers to approach the machine, before standing up, leaving the operator's seat, or exiting the machine:

• Lower equipment to the ground. • Press park brake switch (2) to engage park brake. • Stop the engine. • Raise interlocking seat bar.

TX1204670 —UN—30OCT15

2— Park Brake Switch

Sealed Switch Module (SSM) JB92884,0000121 -19-06SEP17-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-9

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=17

Safety

Avoid Work Site Hazards T211519 —UN—02JUN05

Before digging, check local requirements and call utility line location services to identify and mark all underground utilities in digging area before starting work. Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water lines. Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move machine closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires.

Contact With Electrical Lines

Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations.

TX1064890 —UN—02OCT09

Keep bystanders clear at all times. Keep bystanders away from raised booms, attachments, and unsupported loads. Avoid swinging or raising booms, attachments, or loads over or near personnel. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate on Solid Footing

Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (e.g., during snow removal or clearing mud or dirt). Hitting obstacles (rocks, uneven concrete, or manholes) at high speeds can cause a sudden stop. Always wear seat belt. On units equipped with shoulder belts, always wear both the seat and shoulder belts and do not lean forward while operating.

(USA only) 1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canada)

TX1286211 —UN—03OCT19

Avoid working under overhanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse under or on machine.

811 Call Before You Dig JK47244,00002C5 -19-07OCT19-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=18

Safety

Avoid Power Lines CAUTION: Power lines carrying more than 50 000 volts require a safety distance of 10 ft (3 m) plus 1/2 in (13 mm) for each additional 1000 volts above the 50 000 volt level.

Maintain a distance of 10 ft (3 m) between the machine, boom, stick, and any power line carrying up to 50 000 volts or less.

T147350 —UN—24OCT01

Approach with caution areas where overhanging telephone or electric power lines are present. Serious injury or death by electrocution can result if the machine or any of its attachments are not kept a safe distance from high-voltage electric power lines.

Avoid Power Lines

If state/province, local, or job site regulations require even greater safety distances than stated above, adhere strictly to these regulations for personal protection. TX,AVOID,POWER,LINES -19-08MAY20-1/1

Keep Riders Off Machine Only allow operator on machine. T211522 —UN—02JUN05

Riders are subject to injury. They may fall from machine, be caught between machine parts, or be struck by foreign objects. Riders may obstruct operator’s view or impair his ability to operate machine safely.

VD76477,0000045 -19-02JUN05-1/1

Avoid Backover Accidents T211523 —UN—02JUN05

Before moving machine, be sure that all persons or vehicles are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Keep windows clean. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate. Avoid Backover Accidents

VD76477,0000044 -19-24MAY16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=19

Safety

Avoid Machine Tip Over and Machine Damage T133716 —19—17APR13

Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. Operator is unlikely to jump clear and the machine can crush operator. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Ensure that truck is wide enough and on a firm, level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed.

Use Seat Belt

T211525 —UN—02JUN05

Be careful on slopes. Avoid sharp turns. Balance loads so weight is evenly distributed and load is stable. To aid in visibility and lower center of gravity, carry tools and loads close to the ground. Use extra care on wet, soft, rocky, or frozen ground. Know the capacity of the machine. Do not overload. Be careful with heavy loads. Using oversize buckets or lifting heavy objects reduces machine stability. Ensure solid footing. Use extra care in soft ground conditions or on structures that do not uniformly support the tracks, especially when raising the boom. Do not operate close to banks or open excavations that can cave in and cause machine to tip or fall.

Avoid Machine Tip Over

VD76477,0000046 -19-24JUL19-1/1

Operating on Slopes

TX1063678 —UN—01SEP09

Avoid side slope travel whenever possible. When working on steep slopes, travel as straight up and down as possible and keep the heavy end of the vehicle uphill to prevent machine tip over. Carry the load as low as possible for maximum stability and visibility. Select low speed before starting down slope. The slope on which you can operate safely will be limited by ground condition and the load being handled. Be alert to wind direction and velocity.

Operating On Slopes-Tracked OUT4001,0000471 -19-25MAY18-1/1

Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting and markings to assure they are visible to other drivers. Install additional lights, beacon lights, slow moving vehicle (SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to make the machine visible and identify it as a work machine. Check state and local regulations to assure compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working condition.

T141891 —UN—15APR13

Operating or Traveling On Public Roads

TX,ROADS -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=20

Safety

Inspect and Maintain ROPS

To maintain the ROPS:

A damaged rollover protective structure (ROPS) should be replaced, not reused.

• Replace missing hardware using correct grade

The protection offered by ROPS could be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or cutting.

• Check hardware torque. • Check isolation mounts for damage, looseness, or

hardware.

wear; replace them if necessary.

• Check ROPS for cracks or physical damage.

If ROPS was loosened or removed for any reason, inspect it carefully before operating the machine again. TX,ROPS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Travel Safely When working on steep slopes, travel as straight up and down as possible to prevent roll over. T6964AD —UN—20DEC88

DO NOT PARK ON A HILLSIDE OR AN INCLINE. Always park the machine on level ground. Know the location of bystanders before moving the machine. Always keep the reverse/travel warning alarm in working condition. The alarm warns bystanders when the machine starts to move in reverse.

Travel Safely

Use a signal person when moving the machine in congested areas. Coordinate hand signals before starting the machine. TX,TRAVEL,SAFE1 -19-08MAY20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-13

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=21

Safety

Prevent Acid Burns Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes. Avoid the hazard by: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself: 1. Flush your skin with water. 2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid. 3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately. If acid is swallowed: TS203 —UN—23AUG88

1. Do not induce vomiting. 2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts). 3. Get medical attention immediately.

DX,POISON -19-21APR93-1/1

Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments could affect machine stability or reliability and could create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection

is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion. TX,ATTACH -19-20JAN11-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-14

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=22

Safety

Park and Prepare for Service Safely Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare machine for service or repair properly.

• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated T133332 —19—17APR13

tools or attachments.

• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush.

• Do not support machine with a single jack or other devices that may slip out of place.

• Always install boom lock before working on or around this machine with the loader boom raised.

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment to the ground.

• Engage park brake. • Stop engine. • Attach a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag in an obvious place in the operator's station.

TS229 —UN—23AUG88

Securely support machine or attachment before working under it. Install wheel chocks to ensure that machine cannot move backward or forward during service. Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work. When performing above-ground maintenance, use appropriate support devices such as ladders, lifts, or platforms. If equipped, use the machine anchorage points and approved fall arrest harnesses and lanyards.

TX,PARK,SSL -19-21AUG20-1/1

Service Machines Safely

TS228 —UN—23AUG88

Tie long hair behind head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when working near machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury could result. Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving parts.

Service Machines Safely TX,SERV,SAFE -19-08MAY20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-15

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=23

Safety

Service Cooling System Safely Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

TS281 —UN—15APR13

Do not service radiator through the radiator cap. Only fill through the surge tank filler cap. Shut off engine. Only remove surge tank filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to relieve pressure before removing completely.

TX,SURGE -19-19JAN11-1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. TS220 —UN—15APR13

Remove paint before heating:

• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area

to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding. • If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. • If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1

Make Welding Repairs Safely T133547 —UN—15APR13

IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch and disconnect positive (+) and negative (-) battery cables. Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines malfunction as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines.

Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding.

Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs. TX,WELD,SAFE -19-08MAY20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=24

Safety

T133738 —UN—15APR13

Drive Metal Pins Safely Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth could dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.

TX,PINS -19-20JAN11-1/1

Use Proper Lifting Equipment Lifting heavy components or attachments incorrectly can cause injury or machine damage.

TS226 —UN—23AUG88

Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components or attachments.

Proper Lifting Equipment TX,LIFT,EQUIP -19-08MAY20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-17

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=25

Safety

During exhaust filter cleaning operations, the engine may run at elevated idle and hot temperatures for an extended period of time. Exhaust gases and exhaust filter components reach temperatures hot enough to burn people, or ignite or melt common materials. Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot exhaust gases or components. Avoid potential fire or explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors near the exhaust. Keep exhaust outlet away from people and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.

TS227 —UN—15APR13

Clean Exhaust Filter Safely

Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.

Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling machine on a truck or trailer. Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result in serious personal injury. Avoid contact with these components until cooled to safe temperatures.

TS271 —UN—23AUG88

Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling machine and clean up any spilled fuel.

If service procedure requires engine to be running:

• Only engage power-driven parts required by service procedure

and machine

Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven parts. Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or tools before leaving the operator’s station.

TS1693 —UN—09DEC09

• Ensure that other people are clear of operator station

TS1695 —UN—07DEC09

Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before leaving the machine unattended.

DX,EXHAUST,FILTER -19-12JAN11-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0001-18

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=26

Group 0003

Torque Values

TORQ1A —UN—15APR13

Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values

Top—SAE Grade and Head Markings; Bottom—SAE Grade and Nut Markings SAE Grade 1a Bolt or Screw Size

Hex Head

SAE Grade 2b

Flange Headd

Hex Head

SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2

Flange Headd

Hex Head

Flange Headd

SAE Grade 8 or 8.2 Hex Headc

Flange Headd

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

1/4

3.1

27.3

3.2

28.4

5.1

45.5

5.3

47.3

7.9

70.2

8.3

73.1

11.2

99.2

11.6

103

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

5/16

6.1

54.1

6.5

57.7

10.2

90.2

10.9

96.2

15.7

139

16.8

149

22.2

16.4

23.7

17.5

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

3/8

10.5

93.6

11.5

102

17.6

156

19.2

170

27.3

20.1

29.7

21.9

38.5

28.4

41.9

30.9

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

7/16

16.7

148

18.4

163

27.8

20.5

30.6

22.6

31.7

47.3

34.9

60.6

44.7

66.8

49.3

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

1/2

25.9

19.1

28.2

20.8

43.1

31.8

34.7

66.6

49.1

72.8

53.7

69.3

103

75.8

9/16

36.7

27.1

40.5

29.9

61.1

45.1

67.5

49.8

94.6

69.8

104

134

98.5

148

109

5/8

37.6

55.9

41.2

62.7

93.1

68.7

131

96.9

144

106

186

137

203

150

3/4

89.5

72.3

149

110

164

121

230

170

252

186

325

240

357

263

7/8

144

106

157

116

144

106

157

116

370

273

405

299

522

385

572

422

216

159

236

174

216

159

236

174

556

410

609

449

785

579

860

634

1-1/8

305

225

335

247

305

225

335

247

685

505

751

554

1110

819

1218

898

1-1/4

427

315

469

346

427

315

469

346

957

706

1051

775

1552

1145

1703

1256

1-3/8

564

416

618

456

564

416

618

456

1264

932

1386

1022

2050

1512

2248

1658

1-1/2

743

548

815

601

743

548

815

601

1665

1228

1826

1347

2699

1991

2962

2185

The nominal torque values listed are for general use only with the assumed wrenching accuracy of 20%, such as a manual torque wrench. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For lock nuts, stainless steel fasteners, or nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the specific application.

Replace fasteners with the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-1

OUT3035,TORQUE1 -19-20FEB20-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=27

Torque Values SAE Grade 1a Bolt or Screw Size

Hex Head

Flange Headd

SAE Grade 2b Hex Head

Flange Headd

SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 c

Hex Head

Flange Headd

SAE Grade 8 or 8.2 Hex Headc

Flange Headd

• Make sure that fastener threads are clean. • Apply a thin coat of Hy-Gard™ or equivalent oil under the head and on the threads of the fastener, as shown in the following image. • Be conservative with the amount of oil to reduce the potential for hydraulic lockup in blind holes because of excessive oil. • Properly start thread engagement. TS1741 —UN—22MAY18

Lubricant Locations a

Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6 in (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length. Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in (152 mm) long. Hex head column values are valid for ISO 4014 and ISO 4017 hex head, ISO 4162 hex socket head, and ISO 4032 hex nuts. d Hex flange column values are valid for ASME B18.2.3.9M, ISO 4161, or EN 1665 hex flange products.

b c

Hy-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company OUT3035,TORQUE1 -19-20FEB20-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=28

Torque Values

TORQ2 —UN—15APR13

Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values

Top—Property Class and Head Markings; Bottom—Property Class and Nut Markings Class 4.8 Bolt or Screw Size

M10

Hex Head

Class 8.8 or 9.8

Flange Headb

Hex Head

Class 10.9

Flange Headb

Hex Head

Class 12.9

Flange Headb

Hex Heada

Flange Headb

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

N·m

lb·in

3.6

31.9

3.9

34.5

6.7

59.3

7.3

64.6

9.8

86.7

10.8

95.6

11.5

102

12.6

112

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

23.8

17.6

25.9

19.1

27.8

20.5

30.3

22.3

8.6

76.1

9.4

83.2

16.2

143

17.6

156

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

18.4

13.6

31.9

23.5

34.7

25.6

46.8

34.5

37.6

40.6

44.3

59.7

65.6

70.1

105

77.4

16.9

150

N·m

lb·ft

M12

—

40.6

M14

—

64.2

70.8

128

94.4

141

104

150

111

165

122

M16

—

135

99.6

149

110

198

146

219

162

232

171

257

190

M18

—

193

142

214

158

275

203

304

224

322

245

356

263

M20

—

272

201

301

222

387

285

428

316

453

334

501

370

M22

—

365

263

405

299

520

384

576

425

608

448

674

497

M24

—

468

345

518

382

666

491

738

544

780

575

864

637

M27

—

683

504

758

559

973

718

1080

797

1139

840

1263

932

M30

—

932

687

1029

759

1327

979

1466

1081

1553

1145

1715

1265

M33

—

1258

928

1398

1031

1788

1319

1986

1465

2092

1543

2324

1714

M36

—

1617

1193

1789

1319

2303

1699

2548

1879

2695

1988

2982

2199

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-3

OUT3035,TORQUE2 -19-20FEB20-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=29

Torque Values Class 4.8 Bolt or Screw Size

Hex Head

Flange Headb

Class 8.8 or 9.8 a

Hex Head

Flange Headb

Class 10.9 a

Hex Head

Flange Headb

Class 12.9 Hex Heada

Flange Headb

CAUTION: Avoid injury. Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly, causing tool to slip resulting in injury.

Lubricant Locations a

Hex head column values are valid for ISO 4014 and ISO 4017 hex head, ISO 4162 hex socket head, and ISO 4032 hex nuts. b Hex flange column values are valid for ASME B18.2.3.9M, ISO 4161, or EN 1665 hex flange products. Hy-Gard is a trademark of Deere & Company OUT3035,TORQUE2 -19-20FEB20-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=30

Torque Values

T6873AA —UN—15APR13

Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They may slip and cause injury. Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed for a specific application.

T-Bolt

T6873AB —UN—18OCT88

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should only be tightened to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that the thread engagement is properly started. This will prevent fasteners from failing when tightening.

H-Bolt

T6873AC —UN—18OCT88

Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50 percent of amount shown in chart. METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUESa T-Bolt

H-Bolt

M-Bolt

Nominal Diameter

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

N·m

lb·ft

108

176

130

137

101

265

195

206

152

392

289

294

217

118

539

398

392

289

167

125

735

542

539

398

216

159

931

687

686

506

274

202

1372

1012

1029

759

392

289

1911

1410

1421

1049

539

398

2548

1890

1911

1410

735

542

3136

2314

2401

1772

931

687

M-Bolt

Torque tolerance is ±10%. TX,TORQ_METRIC2 -19-13APR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=31

Torque Values

Check Oil Lines And Fittings

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury may call the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, or other knowledgeable medical source. Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight. Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace immediately.

X9811 —UN—23AUG88

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.

Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately. IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torque chart. When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings. AB06447,0000C96 -19-28JUL16-1/1

Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss Fittings Straight Fitting T6243AE —UN—15APR13

1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects. 2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape. 3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart. Straight Fitting Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-6

TX,TORQ_ORB1 -19-13APR16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=32

Torque Values Angle Fitting 1. Back off lock nut (A) and backup washer (B) completely to head end (C) of fitting. T6520AB —UN—15APR13

2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until backup washer contacts face of boss. 3. Turn fitting head end counterclockwise to proper index (maximum of one turn). NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. 4. Hold fitting head end with a wrench and tighten locknut and backup washer to proper torque value.

Angle Fitting

STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size

N·m

lb·ft

3/8-24 UNF

7/16-20 UNF

1/2-20 UNF

9/16-18 UNF

3/4-16 UNF

7/8-14 UNF

1-1/16-12 UN

102

1-3/16-12 UN

122

1-5/16-12 UN

142

105

1-5/8-12 UN

190

140

1-7/8-12 UN

217

160

A—Lock Nut B—Backup Washer

C—Head End

NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%. TX,TORQ_ORB1 -19-13APR16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-7

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=33

Torque Values

Service Recommendations for 37° Flare and 30° Cone Seat Connectors 1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt or obvious defects. T6234AC —UN—15APR13

2. Defects in tube flare cannot be repaired. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks. 3. Align tube with fitting before attempting to start nut. 4. Lubricate male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum jelly. Cone Seat Connector

5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on torque chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings.

STRAIGHT FITTING OR SPECIAL NUT TORQUE CHART Thread Size

N·m

lb·ft

3/8 - 24 UNF

7/16 - 20 UNF

1/2 - 20 UNF

9/16 - 18 UNF

3/4 - 16 UNF

7/8 - 14 UNF

1-1/16 - 12 UN

102

1-3/16 - 12 UN

122

1-5/16 - 12 UN

142

105

1-5/8 - 12

190

140

1-7/8 - 12 UN

217

160

NOTE: Torque tolerance is ± 10%. TX,TORQ_FLARE1 -19-13APR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=34

Torque Values

Service Recommendations for Flared Connections—Straight or Tapered Threads 1. Inspect flare and flare seat. They must be free of dirt or obvious defects. T6873AE —UN—15APR13

2. Defects in the tube flare cannot be repaired. Overtightening a defective flared fitting will not stop leaks. 3. Align the tube with the fitting before attempting to start the nut. 4. Lubricate the male threads with hydraulic fluid or petroleum jelly.

Straight Thread

5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand. 6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the chart. Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening fittings. Straight Thread b

Tapered Thread

Thread Size

N·m

lb·ft

1/8

1/4

3/8

1/2

lb·ft

3/4

176

130

157

116

343

253

1-1/2

196

145

539

398

255

188

588

434

T6873AD —UN—15APR13

TORQUE CHARTa

Tapered Thread

NOTE: If female thread is cast iron (control valves, brake valves motors, etc.), torque must be reduced approximately 10%.

Torque tolerance is ±10%. b With seat face. TX,TORQ_FLARE2 -19-13APR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-9

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=35

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting for High-Pressure Service Recommendations

Four Bolt Flange Fittings A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

O-ring wear. Out-of-flat causes O-ring extrusion. If imperfection cannot be polished out, replace component.

INCH SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTING FOR 41 400 kPa (414 bar) (6000 psi) PRESSURE SERIES TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is ± 10% unless otherwise specified. Nominal Flange Size

Cap Screw Sizea

Min—Max Torque

N·m (lb·ft)b

1/2

5/16-18 UNC

20—31 (15—23)

3/4

3/8-16 UNC

34—54 (25—40)

7/16-14 UNC

57—85 (42—63)

1-1/4

1/2-13 UNC

85—131 (63—97)

1-1/2

5/8-11 UNC

159—264 (117—195)

3/4-10 UNC

271—468 (200—345)

2. Install the O-ring (and backup ring, if used) into groove. Use petroleum jelly to hold it in place. IMPORTANT: DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange halves and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).

a JDM A17D, SAE Grade 5 or better cap screws with plated hardware. Lock washers are permissible but not recommended. b Minimum torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Torques can be increased to the maximum shown for each cap screw size if desired. Increasing cap screw torque beyond the maximum will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures.

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches, nicks, and burrs cause leaks. Roughness causes

Single piece flange (D): Make sure flange is centrally located on port and line is centered in flange. Install the cap screws. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange and line in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 4. Tighten one cap screw and then the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten the two remaining cap screws. Tighten cap screws within the specified torque values. OUT3035,0000422 -19-04MAR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=36

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Service Recommendations For Inch Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings

Flange Fittings A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component. 2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place. 3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.

TORQUE CHART N·m Nominal Flange Size

Cap Screw Size

1/2 3/4

lb·ft

Min

Max

Min

Max

5/16-18 UNC

3/8-16 UNC

1-1/4

7/16-14 UNC

1-1/2

1/2-13 UNC

131

1/2-13 UNC

131

2-1/2

1/2-13 UNC

107

131

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

3-1/2

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

5/8-11 UNC

158

264

117

195

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten. TX,TORQ_FLANGE2 -19-13APR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=37

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With SAE Inch Hex Nut and Stud End for High-Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH SAE INCH HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR HIGH-PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

H70406 —UN—15APR13

G E F

H F E

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings A—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube Nut B—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow

C—Stud Straight and Tube Nut D—Bulkhead Union and Nut

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID

E—Stud End F— Tube Nut G—Swivel Nut H—Hex Nut Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Thread Size

Hex Size

Torque

Hex Size

Torque

Dash Size

mm (in)

N·m (lb·ft)

-3

4.78 (0.188)

—

-4

6.35 (0.250)

9/16-18

11/16

24 (18)

13/16

32 (24)

—

37 (27)

42 (31)

Metric Tube OD

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID

-5

7.92 (0.312)

—

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

13/16

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

15/16

75 (55)

1-1/8

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625)

1-14

1-1/8

103 (76)

1-5/16

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

1-3/8

152 (112)

1-1/2

175 (129)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

—

152 (112)

—

175 (129)

-16

25.40 (1.000)

1-7/16-12

1-5/8

214 (158)

1-3/4

247 (182)

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

1-7/8

286 (211)

328 (242)

-24

38.10 (1.500)

2-12

2-1/4

326 (240)

2-3/8

374 (276)

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH SAE INCH STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Size

Straight Hex Sizea

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

3/8-24

5/8

9/16

18 (13)

7/16-20

5/8

24 (18)

1/2-20

3/4

11/16

30 (22)

9/16-18

3/4

37 (27)

3/4-16

7/8

15/16

75 (55)

7/8-14

1-1/16

103 (76)

1-1/16-12

1-1/4

1-3/8

177 (131)

1-3/16-12

1-3/8

1-1/2

231 (170)

1-5/16-12

1-1/2

1-5/8

270 (199)

1-5/8-12

1-3/4

1-7/8

286 (211)

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-12

OUT3035,0000420 -19-04MAR16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=38

Torque Values O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH SAE INCH STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (276 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Size

Straight Hex Sizea

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

1-7/8-12

2-1/8

326 (240)

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

1. Inspect fitting and connector sealing surfaces and the O-rings. They must be free of dirt, scratches, nicks, and burrs. O-ring must be free of dirt, cuts, cracks, swelling, or flatten condition. 2. Back the stud end hex nut off as far as possible. Push backup washer towards the nut to fully expose the turn down section. Washer must fit turned down section and not be too loose.

To protect an O-ring from threads, wrap electrical tape over the threads. Slide O-ring over the tape into the turned down section. Remove the tape. 4. Turn fitting into the boss by hand until face of nut or washer squeezes the O-ring into the seat and contacts face of boss. Loosen adjustable fittings no more than one turn for alignment. Hold connections together while tightening nut to ensure O-ring remains in place.

3. Lubricate O-rings using a thin film of clean hydraulic oil or as needed, petroleum jelly to hold O-ring in place. Install O-ring into groove making sure it is seated at the bottom. Excess petroleum jelly will prevent seating of O-ring and cause it to pop out.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut. OUT3035,0000420 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-13

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=39

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for Standard Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL AND FITTINGS WITH METRIC HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

T196337 —UN—15APR13

T196337

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings 1— 90° Swivel Elbow 2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 3— Stud Straight

4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 5— External Hex Stud End Plug

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID Metric Tube OD mm

11— Identification Groove

Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Thread Size

Hex Size

Torque

Hex Size

Torque

mm (in)

N·m (lb·ft)

—

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID Dash Size

6— Tube Nut 7— Swivel Nut 8— Stud End 9— Hex Nut 10— O-Ring

-2

3.18 (0.125)

—

-3

4.78 (0.188)

—

-4

6.35 (0.250)

9/16-18

16 (12)

32 (24)

-5

7.92 (0.312)

—

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

24 (18)

42 (31)

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

50 (37)

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625

1-14

69 (51)

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

102 (75)

175 (129)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

102 (75)

175 (129)

-16

25.40 (1.000)

1-7/16-12

142 (105)

247 (182)

—

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

190 (140)

328 (242)

-24

38.10 (1.500)

2-12

217 (160)

374 (276)

50.80 (2.000)

—

-32

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea

Straight Hex Sizeb

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

Aluminum or Brass Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M8 x 1

8 (6)

5 (4)

M10 x 1

15 (11)

10 (7)

M12 x 1.5

25 (18)

17 (12)

M14 x 1.5

40 (30)

27 (20)

M16 x 1.5

45 (33)

30 (22)

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-14

OUT3035,0000366 -19-04MAR16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=40

Torque Values O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR STANDARD PRESSURE, BELOW 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea

Straight Hex Sizeb

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

Aluminum or Brass Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M18 x 1.5

50 (37)

33 (25)

M22 x 1.5

69 (51)

46 (34)

M27 x 2

100 (74)

67 (49)

M30 x 2

130 (96)

87 (64)

M33 x 2

160 (118)

107 (79)

M38 x 2

176 (130)

117 (87)

M42 x 2

210 (155)

140 (103)

M48 x 2

260 (192)

173 (128)

M60 x 2

315 (232)

210 (155)

Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut. OUT3035,0000366 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-15

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=41

Torque Values

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings With Metric Hex Nut and Stud End for High-Pressure Service Recommendations O-RING FACE SEAL FITTINGS WITH METRIC HEX NUT AND STUD END FOR HIGH-PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified.

T196337 —UN—15APR13

10 T196337

O-Ring Face Seal Fittings 1— 90° Swivel Elbow 2— 90° Adjustable Stud Elbow 3— Stud Straight

4— Bulkhead Union and Nut 5— External Hex Stud End Plug

Nominal Tube OD or Hose ID

6— Tube Nut 7— Swivel Nut 8— Stud End 9— Hex Nut 10— O-Ring

11— Identification Groove

Bulkhead Nut

O-Ring Face Seal Hose or Tube Swivel Nut Thread Size

Hex Size

Torque

Hex Size

Torque

Dash Size

mm (in)

N·m (lb·ft)

-2

3.18 (0.125)

—

-3

4.78 (0.188)

—

-4

6.35 (0.250)

9/16-18

24 (18)

32 (24)

-5

7.92 (0.312)

—

-6

9.53 (0.375)

11/16-16

37 (27)

42 (31)

-8

12.70 (0.500)

13/16-16

75 (55)

93 (69)

-10

15.88 (0.625)

1-14

103 (76)

118 (87)

-12

19.05 (0.750)

1-3/16-12

152 (112)

175 (129)

-14

22.23 (0.875)

1-3/16-12

152 (112)

175 (129)

-16

25.40 (1.000)

1-7/16-12

214 (158)

247 (182)

—

-20

31.75 (1.250)

1-11/16-12

—

286 (211)

328 (242)

2-12

—

326 (240)

374 (276)

Metric Tube OD

Inch Tube OD or Hose ID

-24

38.10 (1.500)

O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea

Straight Hex Sizeb

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M8 x 1

8 (6)

M10 x 1

15 (11)

M12 x 1.5

35 (26)

M14 x 1.5

45 (33)

M16 x 1.5

55 (41)

M18 x 1.5

70 (52)

M22 x 1.5

100 (74)

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-16

OUT3035,0000421 -19-04MAR16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=42

Torque Values O-RING STRAIGHT, ADJUSTABLE, AND EXTERNAL HEX PLUG WITH METRIC STUD END FOR HIGH PRESSURE, ABOVE 27 600 kPa (275.8 bar) (4000 psi), TORQUE VALUES—Tolerance is +15 -20% unless otherwise specified. Thread Sizea

Straight Hex Sizeb

Adjustable Nut Hex Size

Steel or Gray Iron Torque

N·m (lb·ft)

M27 x 2

170 (125)

M30 x 2

215 159)

M33 x 2

260 (192)

M38 x 2

320 (236)

M42 x 2

360 (266)

M48 x 2

420 (310)

Stud end threads are identified as metric by an identification groove in the hex nut next to the O-ring.

Straight hex size applies to fittings only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.

5. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown. Use a second wrench to hold the fitting in position or to keep hose from twisting while tightening nut. OUT3035,0000421 -19-04MAR16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-17

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=43

Torque Values

T6890BB —UN—15APR13

Service Recommendations for Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting

Metric Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange

C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear. Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot be polished out, replace component.

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO NOT over tighten. TORQUE CHARTa

2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place.

3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B) halves. Make sure split is centrally located and perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C). 4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring. 5. After components are properly positioned and cap screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the chart below.

Thread

N·m

lb·ft

M10

M12

M14

157

116

M16

217

160

M18

334

246

M20

421

318

Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in flange and cap screw bending and connection failures. b Metric standard thread. TX,TORQ_FLANGE1 -19-13APR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

00-0003-18

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=44

Contents

Section 01 Tracks

Page

Group 0130—Track System Measure Rubber Track Height .................. 01-0130-1 Track Remove and Install.......................... 01-0130-1 Track Roller Remove and Install ............... 01-0130-3 Drive Sprocket Remove and Install ..................................................... 01-0130-4 Front or Rear Idler Remove and Install ..................................................... 01-0130-5 Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and Install .............................................. 01-0130-6 Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly Remove and Install ............... 01-0130-7 Track Adjuster Recoil Spring Remove and Install................................ 01-0130-8 Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble ................ 01-0130-11

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 0130

Track System Measure Rubber Track Height 1. Measure lug height (1) at location shown.

T213966 —UN—09SEP05

2. Replace rubber track (3) if measurement is less than specification. Specification Rubber Track Lug—Height (minimum).................................................................. 5 mm 0.2 in. 1— Lug Height 2— Lug

3— Rubber Track 4— Track Roller Track Lug Measurement

AB06447,0000A05 -19-18FEB13-1/1

Track Remove and Install Engine Speed

Slow Idle

Individual Track Weight (approximate)

249 kg 549 lb

TX1221071A —UN—16AUG16

SPECIFICATIONS

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Steel Pipe (38—51 mm [1.5—2.0 in] diameter) (3 used)

REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.

Track Adjuster

2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.)

4— Grease Fitting

5— Track Adjuster Valve

3. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Group 1740.) 4. Remove track adjuster cover plate from track frame (6). CAUTION: Prevent personal injury. High-pressure grease is in track adjuster cylinder. Loosen track adjuster valve (5) slowly. Only loosen 1—2 turns. Never loosen grease fitting (4) to release grease. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to track components. Do not use the grease fitting on track adjuster cylinder for lubrication. Use grease fitting only for track sag adjustment. 5. Slowly loosen track adjuster valve (5) 1—2 turns to discharge grease from track adjuster cylinder. Allow track to sag completely. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-1

JL05046,000023E -19-03APR18-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=47

Track System

6. Lay three 38—51 mm (1.5—2.0 in) diameter steel pipes (9) evenly spaced on track (7) below track frame. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from moving tracks or steel pipes. Run engine at slow idle and clear area of bystanders while moving drive sprocket. 7. Start engine and run at specification. TX1221072A —UN—16AUG16

Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle

8. Slowly rotate drive sprocket in reverse direction until track is raised off of front idler (8) by steel pipes. 9. Stop engine. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Track Removal

10. Using appropriate lifting device, pry and slide track away from front idler and track frame to remove. Specification Individual Track—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 249 kg 549 lb

11. Clean and inspect track components. Repair or replace as necessary.

6— Track Frame 7— Track

8— Front Idler 9— Steel Pipe (3 used)

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible track and machine damage. Ensure track is securely engaged on drive sprocket, rear idler, and front idler before adjusting track tension or operating machine.

a. Inspect lugs and area between lugs for cracks that exceed 3 mm (0.1 in) in depth, reach steel core, or exceed 30 mm (1.2 in) in length. b. Inspect for any signs of exposed steel core.

• Install track on drive sprocket teeth and rear idler. Pry

c. Inspect roller side of track for cracks that reach steel core. Inspect for separation of steel core anywhere on track.

• Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track

front end over front idler.

Tension. (Group 9020-20.)

JL05046,000023E -19-03APR18-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=48

Track System

Track Roller Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Track Roller Weight (approximate)

29 kg 64 lb

Cap Screw Torque

440—520 N·m 325—384 lb·ft OTHER MATERIAL

Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

REMOVAL TX1210962A —UN—18FEB16

1. Remove track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Track roller (2) will drop once cap screws (1) are removed. Use appropriate lifting device. 2. Using appropriate lifting device, support track roller (2).

Track Roller

Specification Track Roller—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg 64 lb

3. Remove cap screws (1) and track roller. 4. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION

1— Cap Screw (2 used)

2— Track Roller

Specification Cap Screw—Torque.......................................................... 440—520 N·m 325—384 lb·ft

• Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-20.)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws and tighten to specification.

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JL05046,000023F -19-07SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=49

Track System

Drive Sprocket Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Drive Sprocket Weight (approximate)

23 kg 51 lb

Cap Screw Torque

320 N·m 236 lb·ft

REMOVAL 1. Remove track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) TX1221087A —UN—19AUG16

2. Remove cap screws (1). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Using appropriate lifting device, remove drive sprocket (2). Specification Drive Sprocket—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 51 lb

4. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary.

Drive Sprocket 1— Cap Screw (10 used) 2— Drive Sprocket

3— Hydrostatic Motor

JL05046,0000240 -19-12AUG16-1/2

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten cap screws to specification in order from 1—10 as shown.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................320 N·m 236 lb·ft

• Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track

TX1133542A —UN—21MAR13

Tension. (Group 9020-20.)

Drive Sprocket Cap Screw Tightening Sequence JL05046,0000240 -19-12AUG16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=50

Track System

Front or Rear Idler Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Front Idler Weight (approximate)

36 kg 79 lb

Front Idler Cap Screw Torque

440—520 N·m 325—384 lb·ft

OTHER MATERIAL TX1221172A —UN—18AUG16

Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

NOTE: Procedure shown for front idler (1). Procedure for rear idler is similar. REMOVAL 1. Remove track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Front Idler

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Front idler will drop once cap screws (2) are removed. Use appropriate lifting device. 2. Using appropriate lifting device, support front idler (1). Specification

1— Front Idler

2— Cap Screw (2 used)

• Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws and tighten to specification.

Front Idler—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 36 kg 79 lb

Specification Front Idler Cap Screw—Torque.................................................................. 440—520 N·m 325—384 lb·ft

3. Remove cap screws (2) and front idler.

• Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track

4. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary.

Tension. (Group 9020-20.)

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JL05046,0000241 -19-07SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=51

Track System

Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 73 kg 161 lb TX1221188A —UN—19AUG16

Front Idler Yoke Assembly Weight (approximate)

REMOVAL NOTE: Front idler yoke assembly (1) is contained in track frame (2), which slides within and contacts track adjuster piston rod. 1. Remove track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) Front Idler Yoke Assembly

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 2. Using appropriate lifting device, slide front idler yoke assembly (1) forward and remove from track frame (2). Specification Front Idler Yoke Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 73 kg 161 lb

1— Front Idler Yoke Assembly

2— Track Frame

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Adjust track tension. See Check and Adjust Track Tension. (Group 9020-20.)

3. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. JL05046,0000242 -19-19AUG16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-6

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=52

Track System

Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly Weight (approximate)

32 kg 71 lb

REMOVAL TX1221205A —UN—18AUG16

1. Remove track. See Track Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 2. Remove front idler yoke assembly. See Front Idler Yoke Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent cylinder damage. Spring or rod may break if dropped while handling, transporting, or disassembling. Nicks or weld craters in spring and rod assembly can cause stress concentration, resulting in a weak spot. Weak spots can result in immediate or eventual damage, creating a risk of personal injury. Install a heavy protective covering around spring assembly when handling, transporting, or disassembling. A compression tool MUST be used for disassembly and assembly because of extreme preload on spring.

Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly 1— Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly

2— Track Frame

4. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly from track frame (2).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Slide track adjuster and recoil spring assembly (1) forward and attach appropriate lifting device.

5. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

Specification Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 32 kg 71 lb JL05046,0000243 -19-24AUG16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-7

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=53

Track System

Track Adjuster Recoil Spring Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 225 kg 496 lb

TX1221262 —UN—19AUG16

ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool Weight (approximate)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 20-Ton Jack ST4920a Track Recoil Spring Tool DFT1087a Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly

Fabricated tool, dealer made. (See group 9900 for instructions on how to make tool.)

1— Cylinder Shaft 2— Nut 3— Spring Retainer Plate

REMOVAL 1. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly from machine. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 2. Mark position of spring pin hole on nut (2) and cylinder shaft (1) to aid in assembly.

3. Remove spring pin (6) from nut on track adjuster and recoil spring assembly.

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

4— Recoil Spring 5— Track Adjuster Cylinder 6— Spring Pin

01-0130-8

JL05046,0000244 -19-12OCT16-1/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=54

Track System

CAUTION: Prevent cylinder damage. Spring or rod may break if dropped while handling, transporting, or disassembling. Nicks or weld craters in spring and rod assembly can cause stress concentration, resulting in a weak spot. Weak spots can result in immediate or eventual damage, creating a risk of personal injury. Install a heavy protective covering around spring assembly when handling, transporting, or disassembling. A compression tool MUST be used for disassembly and assembly because of extreme preload on spring. NOTE: It is not necessary to remove recoil spring (4) to replace seals on piston rod. See Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.) CAUTION: Prevent personal injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. T212514 —UN—04AUG05

Specification ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 225 kg 496 lb

4. Place a 20-ton jack (8) on bottom of ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool (7). For instructions to make tool, see ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool. (Group 9900.)

Track Recoil Spring Tool 7— ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool 8— Jack

5. Remove nuts (9) and top plate (10) from ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool.

9— Nut (4 used) 10— Top Plate

JL05046,0000244 -19-12OCT16-2/4

6. Place track adjuster and recoil spring assembly into ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool with cylinder end on spacer (11).

11— Spacer

T213239A —UN—04AUG05

7. Install DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool (12) to ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool. For instructions to make tool, see DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool. (Group 9900.) 12— DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool Track Recoil Spring Tool Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-9

JL05046,0000244 -19-12OCT16-3/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=55

Track System

8. Install top plate (10) with smallest opening to allow access to nut (2).

TX1221262 —UN—19AUG16

9. Hand tighten nuts (9) so top plate is tight against spring retainer plate (3). 10. Raise upper half of DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool (12) and tighten T-handles. 11. Operate jack to compress recoil spring just enough so nut (2) can be removed. 12. Lower jack ram to release spring force. Recoil Spring (left track adjuster cylinder shown)

13. Remove nuts (9) and top plate on ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool to remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly. 14. If disassembly of track adjuster cylinder is necessary, see Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0130.) 15. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION 1. Place track adjuster cylinder in ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool with cylinder end on spacer. 2. Install spring retainer plate on recoil spring (4). 3. Install DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool to ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool.

T212515A —UN—04AUG05

4. Install top plate and nuts (9) to ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool. 5. Hand tighten nuts (9) so top plate is tight against spring retainer plate. 6. Raise upper half of DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool and tighten T-handles. 7. Operate jack to compress spring. Track Recoil Spring Tool

8. Install nut (2) to cylinder shaft (1) so holes for spring pin (6) are aligned in nut and cylinder shaft. 9. Install spring pin to nut (2) on cylinder shaft. 10. Lower jack ram to relieve pressure. 11. Remove nuts (9) and top plate (10) from ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool.

1— Cylinder Shaft 2— Nut 3— Spring Retainer Plate 4— Recoil Spring 5— Track Adjuster Cylinder

6— Spring Pin 9— Nut (4 used) 10— Top Plate 12— DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool

12. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly from ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Tool. 13. Install track adjuster and recoil spring assembly to machine. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) JL05046,0000244 -19-12OCT16-4/4

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=56

Track System

Track Adjuster Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble REMOVAL T213214A —UN—04AUG05

Track Adjuster Cylinder

A compression tool MUST be used for disassembly and assembly because of extreme preload on spring. TX1081382A —UN—26AUG10

1. Remove track adjuster and recoil spring assembly from machine. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) NOTE: It is not necessary to remove track adjuster recoil spring to replace outer seal (2) and inner seal (4). 2. If necessary, remove track adjuster recoil spring. See Track Adjuster Recoil Spring Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) 3. Tighten track adjuster valve (6). 4. Pump cylinder (5) with grease and remove piston rod (1) from cylinder. 5. Remove excess grease from cylinder to access seals in end of cylinder.

Cylinder Seals 1— Piston Rod 2— Outer Seal 3— Seal Retaining Ring

4— Inner Seal 5— Cylinder 6— Track Adjuster Valve

• Install track adjuster recoil spring. See Track Adjuster Recoil Spring Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

6. Remove outer seal (2) from cylinder. 7. Remove seal retaining ring (3) and inner seal (4) from cylinder.

• Install track adjuster and recoil spring assembly. See Track Adjuster and Recoil Spring Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0130.)

8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. JL05046,00001E9 -19-08APR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=57

Track System

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

01-0130-12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=58

Contents

Section 03 Transmission

Page

Group 0325—Flywheel Coupler Hub Coupler Remove and Install............... 03-0325-1 Group 0360—Hydraulic System Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Component Failure Cleanup Procedure.................... 03-0360-1 Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure .............................................. 03-0360-2 Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair.................................. 03-0360-3 Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Remove and Install.............. 03-0360-4 Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Disassemble........................ 03-0360-6 Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Inspection.......................... 03-0360-16 Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Assemble .......................... 03-0360-20 Inspect Metal Face Seals ........................ 03-0360-32 Gear Case Leakage Test......................... 03-0360-34 Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install ................................................... 03-0360-35 Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 03-0360-37 Charge Pump Remove and Install............ 03-0360-52 Hydrostatic Oil Filter Manifold Remove and Install.............................. 03-0360-54 Hydrostatic Control Valve Remove and Install ............................................ 03-0360-55 Hydrostatic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble ................ 03-0360-56 Park Brake Solenoid Valve Remove and Install ............................................ 03-0360-57

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 0325

Flywheel Coupler Hub Coupler Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Set Screw Torque

35 N·m 25 lb·ft

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove hydrostatic pump (4). See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.) TX1211995A —UN—03MAR16

3. Remove set screws (1) and hub coupler (2). 4. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to splines of hydrostatic pump shaft. Reuse of hub coupler can damage splines of hydrostatic pump shaft. Hub coupler must be replaced if removed.

Hub Coupler 1— Set Screw (2 used) 2— Hub Coupler

NOTE: When installed, outside surface of hub coupler should be flush with end of hydrostatic pump input shaft (3).

• Install hub coupler flush with hydrostatic pump input shaft (3).

• Tighten set screws to specification.

3— Hydrostatic Pump Input Shaft 4— Hydrostatic Pump

Specification Set Screw—Torque.......................................................................35 N·m 25 lb·ft JL05046,00001F5 -19-15MAR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0325-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=61

Flywheel Coupler

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0325-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=62

Group 0360

Hydraulic System Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Component Failure Cleanup Procedure See Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Component Failure Cleanup Procedure. (Group 2160.) AB06447,0000C45 -19-06APR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=63

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure 345 kPa 3.45 bar 50 psi

Engine Speed

Slow Idle

Charge Relief Pressure (minimum)

2800 kPa 28 bar 406 psi

Engine Speed (approximate)

1800 rpm

TX1224585A —UN—29SEP16

SPECIFICATIONS Hydraulic Oil Pressure

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JT02162 Transducer 34 500 kPa (345 bar) (5000 psi) JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Hydraulic Oil Test Port (inlet side)

1. Raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Group 1740.) 2. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Install remote start box. See Remote Start Box Installation. (Group 9025-25.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to pumps and motors. Ensure that hydraulic oil reservoir is at full mark.

TX1306540A —UN—23NOV20

NOTE: Depending on machine configuration, the hydrostatic oil test port (50) may be located on the inlet or outlet side of the hydrostatic oil filter manifold (47). NOTE: The graphics shown in this procedure represents machines equipped with a hydrostatic oil filter only. Some machine models are equipped with a hydraulic and hydrostatic filter, but the test port remains on the hydrostatic filter manifold. 4. Check hydraulic oil reservoir level. Fill if necessary. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)

Hydraulic Oil Test Port (outlet side)

5. Install JT02162 Transducer (1) with JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer into hydrostatic oil test port (50) on the hydrostatic oil filter manifold (47). See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.) 6. Disconnect main harness-to-engine fuel system harness connector (X5060). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) 7. Crank engine in 10-second intervals, waiting 45 seconds between cranking intervals, until hydraulic oil pressure reaches specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Pressure.............................................................. 345 kPa 3.45 bar 50 psi

1— JT02162 Transducer 47— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Manifold

8. Connect main harness-to-engine fuel system harness connector (X5060). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible severe damage to pumps and motors. If charge pressure remains below 350 kPa (3.5 bar) (50 psi) for more than 10 seconds, stop engine and check for cause of low pressure. 9. Start engine and run at specification. Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

50— Hydrostatic Oil Test Port

03-0360-2

MM16284,0002D11 -19-01FEB21-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=64

Hydraulic System

NOTE: Charge relief pressure should reach specification within 5—10 seconds. 10. Stop engine when charge relief pressure reaches specification. Specification Charge Relief—Pressure (minimum)................................................................................. 2800 kPa 28 bar 406 psi

11. Remove JT02162 Transducer and JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer. See JT02156A Digital Pressure and Temperature Analyzer Kit Installation. (Group 9025-25.)

Specification Engine—Speed..........................................................................Slow Idle

17. Operate all steering and hydraulic functions for 3 minutes to remove air from system. 18. Stop engine. Check hydraulic oil reservoir level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) 19. Check all hydraulic line connections. Tighten as necessary. 20. Calibrate hydraulic and hydrostatic systems. For more information:

• See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) • See Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration. (Group

12. Remove remote start box. See Remote Start Box Installation. (Group 9025-25.) 13. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)

9015-20.)

14. Start engine and run at specification for 20 minutes.

21. Start engine and run for 30 minutes to circulate hydraulic oil through the hydraulic and hydrostatic oil filters.

Specification Engine—Speed (approximate)............................................................................ 1800 rpm

22. Stop engine. Replace hydraulic and hydrostatic oil filters. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator's Manual.)

15. Stop engine. Check hydraulic oil reservoir level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)

23. Raise machine and remove blocking. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Group 1740.)

16. Start engine and run at specification. MM16284,0002D11 -19-01FEB21-2/2

Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Repair For tracked machines:

• See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Disassemble. (Group 0360.)

• See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Inspection. (Group 0360.)

• See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case

Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)

Assemble. (Group 0360.)

AB06447,0000CA9 -19-02SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=65

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydrostatic Motor Weight (approximate)

98 kg 215 lb

Cap Screw (9) Torque

220 N·m 162 lb·ft TX1221706A —UN—04OCT16

NOTE: Procedure shown for left hydrostatic motor (7). Procedure for right hydrostatic motor is similar. REMOVAL 1. Remove drive sprocket. See Drive Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0130.) NOTE: Variations of cover plates and hardware may vary depending on machine configuration.

Track Cover Plates (left side shown)

2. Remove cap screws (1) and front cover plate (2). 3. Remove cap screws (3) and lower rear cover plate (4). 4. Remove cap screws (5) and upper rear cover plate (6).

1— Cap Screw (7 used) 2— Front Cover Plate 3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Lower Rear Cover Plate

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-4

5— Cap Screw (3 used) 6— Upper Rear Cover Plate 7— Hydrostatic Motor

JL05046,000024C -19-04JAN21-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=66

Hydraulic System

TX1221733A —UN—31AUG16

5. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (8) from hydrostatic motor (7). Close all openings using caps and plugs. See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.) 6. Install identification tags and disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16). CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydrostatic motor (7).

Hydrostatic Motor (S.N. —382516) (left side shown)

Specification Hydrostatic Motor—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 98 kg 215 lb

8. Remove cap screws (9) and hydrostatic motor.

XJ1294536A —UN—21MAY20

9. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten cap screws (9) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (9)—Torque...............................................................220 N·m 162 lb·ft Hydrostatic Motor (S.N. 382517— ) (left side shown) 7— Hydrostatic Motor 8— Hydraulic Line (5 used)

9— Cap Screw (12 used) B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor JL05046,000024C -19-04JAN21-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=67

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Disassemble

Gear Case Disassemble CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

SPECIFICATIONS Hydrostatic Motor Weight (approximate)

98 kg 215 lb

Gear Case Housing Weight (approximate)

27 kg 60 lb

1. Using appropriate lifting device, remove hydrostatic motor from machine. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)

ESSENTIAL TOOLS

Specification Hydrostatic Motor—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 98 kg 215 lb

DFT1334 Gear Case Turning Tool DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor

This procedure is used for tracked machines.

1 12 3

1 9

8 6

5 13 1

TX1082027

TX1082027 —UN—20SEP10

Gear Case (without anti-rotate washer) Components

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-6

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-1/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=68

Hydraulic System

26 12 3 9

8 7

6 27 5

29 2

TX1245352 —UN—09OCT17

28 1

TX1245352 Gear Case (with anti-rotate washer) Components 1— Plug (3 used) 2— Snap Ring 3— Gear Case Housing 4— End Cover 5— Input Shaft

6— Input Carrier Assembly 7— Thrust Washer 8— Output Carrier Assembly 9— Lock Nut

12— Seal Ring (2 used) 13— O-Ring (2 used) 26— Motor Spindle Assembly 27— O-Ring

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. 2. Clean exterior of hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case housing before disassembling. 3. Drain planetary gear case oil. See Drain and Refill Hydrostatic Planetary Gear Case Oil. (Operator’s Manual.)

4. Perform leak test on gear case to determine leakage points. See Gear Case Leakage Test. (Group 0360.) 5. Secure hydrostatic motor to workbench with gear case housing facing up. 6. Pry open end of snap ring (2) out of groove in gear case housing and hold with pliers. Remove snap ring, anti-rotate washer (if equipped) (29), and end cover (4).

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

28— Thrust Washer 29— Anti-Rotate Washer (if equipped)

03-0360-7

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-2/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=69

Hydraulic System

7. Remove input shaft (5). 6— Input Carrier Assembly

TX1081822A —UN—14SEP10

5— Input Shaft

Gear Case AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-3/20

NOTE: Gear case components must rotate at a consistent speed without binding. If gear case binds while rotating, gear case components must be inspected during disassembly for cause of binding. 8. Rotate gear case components in both directions using DFT1334 Gear Case Turning Tool (64). For instructions on making tool, see DFT1334 Gear Case Turning Tool. (Group 9900.) 9. Remove input carrier assembly (6).

TX1082955A —UN—12OCT10

64— DFT1334 Gear Case Turning Tool

Gear Case Turning Tool AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-4/20

10. Remove thrust washer (7) from output carrier assembly (8). 11. Remove output carrier assembly. 8— Output Carrier Assembly

TX1081824A —UN—14SEP10

7— Thrust Washer

Gear Case Disassemble Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-8

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-5/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=70

Hydraulic System

12. Cover input shaft hole (11) inside gear case to prevent contamination of hydrostatic motor.

TX1081828A —UN—14SEP10

13. Remove lock nut (9) using DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench (10). For instructions on making this tool, see DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench. (Group 9900.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Using appropriate lifting device, remove gear case housing from motor spindle assembly (26). Specification Gear Case Housing—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 27 kg 60 lb 11— Input Shaft Hole

TX1081832A —UN—14SEP10

9— Lock Nut 10— DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench

Gear Case Disassemble

Lock Nut Removal AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-6/20

NOTE: Metal face seals are matching sets with each side consisting of a seal ring (12) and O-ring (13).

TX1081849A —UN—15SEP10

Metal face seals can be reused if they are not worn or damaged. Used seals must be reused or replaced as a set. 15. Remove metal face seals from gear case housing and motor spindle assembly. Store seal rings in sets with seal ring faces together to protect surfaces. 16. Inspect metal face seals. See Inspect Metal Face Seals. (Group 0360.) 17. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Inspection. (Group 0360.)

Gear Case Disassemble 12— Seal Ring Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-9

13— O-Ring AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-7/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=71

Hydraulic System Park Brake Disassemble 1. Remove gear case housing and components as detailed in previous procedure.

TX1081868A —UN—16SEP10

2. Install DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor (14) to motor spindle assembly. For instructions on making this tool, see DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor. (Group 9900.) 3. Tighten nuts on DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor to compress park brake springs enough to remove snap ring (15). 14— DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor

15— Snap Ring

Park Brake Disassemble AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-8/20

4. Loosen nuts on DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor and release spring tension, but do not remove tool from motor spindle assembly. 5. Remove plug from park brake port (16) on hydrostatic motor. Apply approximately 300 kPa (3 bar) (40 psi) air pressure to park brake port to remove spring retainer (17). 17— Spring Retainer TX1131996A —UN—10APR13

16— Park Brake Port

Park Brake Disassemble Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-10

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-9/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=72

TX1081897A —UN—16SEP10

Hydraulic System

Park Brake Components 15— Snap Ring 17— Spring Retainer 18— Disc Spring (3 used)

19— Bottom Spring Retainer 20— Disc Spacer 21— Washer

22— Spacer Plate (10 used) 23— Brake disc (9 used)

24— Coupling

6. Remove DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor and spring retainer. AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-10/20

7. Note orientation of three disc springs (18) and remove disc springs from park brake housing (25). 25— Park Brake Housing TX1081911A —UN—16SEP10

18— Disc Spring (3 used)

Park Brake Components Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-11

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-11/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=73

Hydraulic System

NOTE: A 90° pick can be used to remove disc spacer (20) from park brake housing.

19— Bottom Spring Retainer

TX1081916A —UN—16SEP10

8. Remove bottom spring retainer (19) and disc spacer (20). 20— Disc Spacer

TX1081917A —UN—16SEP10

Park Brake Disassemble

Park Brake Disassemble AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-12/20

9. Remove washer (21), spacer plates (22), and brake discs (23). 10. Remove coupling (24).

21— Washer 22— Spacer Plate (10 used)

TX1081918A —UN—16SEP10

11. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Inspection. (Group 0360.) 23— Brake Disc (9 used) 24— Coupling

Park Brake Disassemble Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-12

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-13/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=74

Hydraulic System Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble 1. Position motor spindle assembly on work bench with motor end cover (30) facing up. TX1082050A —UN—21SEP10

NOTE: Depending on motor position on machine (right or left), either port X1 or X2 will have line fitting and other port will have plug (32). 2. Remove plugs (31 and 32) from motor end cover. Remove and discard O-rings. 30— Motor End Cover 31— Plug (2 used) 32— Plug

33— Plug (2 used) 37— Plug

Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-14/20

3. Remove plugs (33) for closed-loop shuttle spool. Remove springs (34), washers (35), and shuttle spool (36). Remove and discard O-rings. 35— Washer (2 used) 36— Shuttle Spool

TX1082064A —UN—21SEP10

33— Plug (2 used) 34— Spring (2 used)

Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool Components AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-15/20

4. Remove plug (37) for motor relief valve. Remove spring (38) and valve (39). Remove and discard O-ring.

TX1082066A —UN—21SEP10

NOTE: Motor end cover is under spring pressure. Alternately loosen cap screws when removing cover. 5. Remove seven cap screws securing motor end cover. 6. Remove motor end cover. Remove and discard gasket. 37— Plug 38— Spring

39— Valve

Motor Relief Valve Components Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-13

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-16/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=75

Hydraulic System

7. Lay motor spindle assembly on its side with access to both ends of assembly. 8. Install DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor (40). For instructions on making this tool, see DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor. (Group 9900.) TX1082074A —UN—22SEP10

NOTE: Swash plate needs to be moved in order to remove rotating group assembly and motor shaft. 9. Tighten nuts on DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor to compress bias piston (42) and bias spring (41) to rotate swash plate. Compress bias spring approximately 8 mm (0.32 in) or enough to allow removal of rotating group assembly (43). Motor Spindle Assembly 40— DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor 41— Bias Spring 42— Bias Piston

43— Rotating Group Assembly 46— Shaft

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-17/20

10. Remove rotating group assembly (43) from motor housing. Make sure that all parts of rotating group assembly are removed from motor housing. 53— Thrust Washer 54— Retainer Guide 55— Piston and Retainer Assembly

TX1082130A —UN—22SEP10

50— Cylinder Block Assembly 51— Pin Retainer 52— Pin (4 used, 319E and 323E machines, 3 used, 329E and 333E machines)

TX1082131A —UN—22SEP10

Rotating Group Assembly—319E and 323E Machines

Rotating Group Assembly—329E and 333E Machines Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-14

AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-18/20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=76

Hydraulic System

11. Remove snap ring from park brake housing (25) side of motor spindle assembly. 12. Remove shaft (46) from motor spindle assembly. 47— Snap Ring

TX1082115A —UN—22SEP10

25— Park Brake Housing 46— Shaft

Motor Spindle Assembly AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-19/20

13. Remove swash plate (44) from bias piston. 14. Loosen nuts on DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor to release tension on bias spring. Remove DFT1336 Bias Spring compressor, bias piston, and bias spring from motor. TX1082100A —UN—22SEP10

15. Remove swash plate, thrust plate (48), and swash plate bearings (45). 16. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Inspection. (Group 0360.) 48— Thrust Plate Hydrostatic Motor Disassemble

TX1082869A —UN—11OCT10

44— Swash Plate 45— Swash Plate Bearing (2 used)

Swash Plate Components AB06447,0000CAA -19-19OCT17-20/20

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-15

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=77

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Inspection 0.152 mm 0.006 in.

Slipper Foot Thickness (minimum)

3.66 mm 0.144 in.

Cylinder Block Thickness (minimum)

60.62 mm 2.387 in.

Piston Bore Diameter (maximum)

17.978 mm 0.708 in.

Valve Plate Thickness (minimum)

4.96 mm 0.195 in.

Valve Plate Parallelism (maximum)

0.025 mm 0.00098 in.

Valve Plate Out-of-Flat (maximum)

0.0076 mm 0.0003 in.

TX1082160A —UN—23SEP10

SPECIFICATIONS Slipper End Play

Piston and Slipper 56— Slipper

Assembly must be replaced if any components are damaged or not within specification.

General Information IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. After disassembly, clean all parts (including motor end cover and motor and spindle assembly) with clean solvent and allow to air dry. Inspect parts in a clean area and keep all parts free from contamination. Blow oil passages in motor assembly, spindle assembly, and motor end cover with compressed air.

Inspect pistons for damage and discoloration. Piston discoloration may indicate excessive heat. Do not reuse discolored pistons. Inspect running surfaces of slippers. Replace if piston assemblies are scored or have excessively rounded slipper edges. Replace if slippers are worn or if pistons have excessive end play. Specification Slipper—End Play.................................................................... 0.152 mm 0.006 in. Slipper Foot—Thickness (minimum).................................................................................. 3.66 mm 0.144 in.

Clean and dry parts again after any rework or resurfacing. Pistons and Slippers NOTE: Piston and slippers are not serviced separately, but as part of the rotating group assembly. AB06447,0000CAB -19-02SEP16-1/8

Retainer Guide and Piston Retainer

TX1082176A —UN—23SEP10

NOTE: Retainer guide and piston retainer are not serviced separately, but as part of the rotating group assembly. Assembly must be replaced if any components are damaged or not within specification. Inspect retainer guide (54) for nicks, scratches, or scoring. Examine for discoloration that would indicate excessive heat or lack of lubrication. Piston retainer (57) should be flat and slippers should fit in retainer with minimal side play. 54— Retainer Guide

Rotating Group Assembly

57— Piston Retainer Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-16

AB06447,0000CAB -19-02SEP16-2/8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=78

Hydraulic System Cylinder Block

TX1082177A —UN—23SEP10

NOTE: Cylinder block is not serviced separately, but as part of the rotating group assembly. Assembly must be replaced if any components are damaged or not within specification. Inspect cylinder block-to-valve plate contact surface. Surface should be smooth and free of scratches or grooves. Measure cylinder block thickness and diameter of piston bores. Specification Cylinder Block—Thickness (minimum)........................................................................ 60.62 mm 2.387 in. Piston Bore—Diameter (maximum)............................................................................... 17.98 mm 0.71 in.

Cylinder Block Valve Plate Surface

AB06447,0000CAB -19-02SEP16-3/8

Shaft and Bearing NOTE: Bearing is not serviced separately, but as part of shaft and bearing assembly. TX1082189A —UN—23SEP10

Inspect shaft splines for wear or damage. Inspect step in shaft where the cylinder block splines contact cylinder block spring washer. Inspect shaft surface that contacts shaft seal. Replace shaft if seal contact surface is grooved. Clean seal contact surface with a nonabrasive material as needed. Lubricate bearing with hydraulic fluid. Inspect for wear or pitting. Rotate bearing to check for smooth operation. Replace the bearing if damage is evident.

Shaft and Bearing Assembly Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-17

AB06447,0000CAB -19-02SEP16-4/8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=79

Hydraulic System Needle Bearings

TX1082191A —UN—23SEP10

NOTE: Needle bearings are not serviced separately, but as part of motor end cover assembly or park brake assembly. Inspect needle bearings for wear or pitting. Rotate bearings. Replace if bearings do not rotate smoothly. 58— Motor End Cover Needle Bearing

59— Spring Retainer Needle Bearing

TX1082192A —UN—23SEP10

Motor End Cover

Spring Retainer AB06447,0000CAB -19-02SEP16-5/8

Thrust Plate

TX1082194A —UN—23SEP10

Inspect thrust plate slipper contact surface for flatness and brass transfer. Replace thrust plate if scratches or wear are found.

Thrust Plate Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-18

AB06447,0000CAB -19-02SEP16-6/8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=80

Hydraulic System Valve Plate

TX1082195A —UN—23SEP10

Inspect valve plate for scratches and grooves. Inspect valve plate for evidence of cavitation along both faces of plate. If pitting from cavitation is found, replace the valve plate. Check for excess wear on brass running face. If brass running face has any discoloration or burn marks, replace the valve plate. Run a fingernail or pencil across sealing land surfaces (60). No deep or outstanding grooves are acceptable. Lapping is acceptable to restore surface condition as long as valve plate remains within thickness specification. Replace valve plate if lapping will not restore it to usable condition. Specification Valve Plate—Thickness (minimum).................................................................................. 4.96 mm 0.195 in.

Make sure that valve plate parallelism meets specification. Appearance of valve plate should be flat and smooth on both running face and bottom surface. Specification Valve Plate—Parallelism (maximum)............................................................................... 0.025 mm 0.00098 in.

Valve Plate 60— Sealing Land Surface (2 used)

Make sure that valve plate flatness meets specification. Inspect valve plate for cracks (such as using magnetic particle inspection). Replace valve plate if there are any cracks or excessive wear. Specification Valve Plate—Out-of-Flat (maximum)............................................................................. 0.0076 mm 0.0003 in. AB06447,0000CAB -19-02SEP16-7/8

Motor End Cover

TX1082203A —UN—23SEP10

Inspect motor end cover, checking machined surfaces for scratches, pits, or wear. Replace if end cover is worn or damaged. Swash Plate, Swash Plate Bearings, and Housing NOTE: Swash plate, swash plate bearings, and motor housing are not serviced separately. Inspect machined surfaces of swash plate for wear. Make sure swash plate surfaces are smooth, and without excessive brass transfer from slippers. Check bearing sockets for scratches.

Motor End Cover

Inspect swash plate bearings for damage or excessive wear. Feel for scratches or roughness.

sockets and motor end cover mounting surface for excessive wear.

Inspect motor housing to ensure it is clean and free of contamination and debris. Inspect swash plate bearing

Inspect condition of park brake housing spline and threads. AB06447,0000CAB -19-02SEP16-8/8

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-19

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=81

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Assemble SPECIFICATIONS 111 N·m 82 lb·ft

Motor End Cover Cap Screw Torque (319E and 323E)

64 N·m 47 lb·ft

Motor Relief Valve Plug (37) Torque

38 N·m 28 lb·ft

Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool Plug (33) Torque

45 N·m 33 lb·ft

Plug (31) Torque

21 N·m 186 lb·in

Plug (32) Torque

43 N·m 32 lb·ft

Gear Case Housing Weight (approximate)

27 kg 60 lb

Lock Nut Initial Torque

15 N·m 132 lb·in

Gear Case Housing Initial Rolling Drag Torque

10—13.5 N·m 90—120 lb·in

Lock Nut Torque

203 N·m 150 lb·ft

Gear Case Housing Rolling Drag Torque

4.5—9 N·m Higher than Initial Rolling Drag Torque 40—80 lb·in Higher than Initial Rolling Drag Torque

Gear Case Housing Rolling Drag Torque (maximum)

26 N·m 230 lb·in

Gear Case Housing Capacity

0.79 L 27.0 oz

TX1082864A —UN—11OCT10

Motor End Cover Cap Screw Torque (329E and 333E)

Bias Piston and Bias Spring 41— Bias Spring 42— Bias Piston

61— Seal 62— Backup Ring

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench DFT1334 Gear Case Turning Tool

This procedure is used for tracked machines. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. Clean hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case. Hydrostatic Motor Assemble 1. Coat all parts with clean hydraulic oil prior to assembly. 2. Install new seal (61) and backup ring (62) on bias piston (42). 3. Lay motor spindle assembly on its side with access to both ends of assembly. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-20

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-1/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=82

Hydraulic System

4. Install bias piston (42) and bias spring (41) in motor housing.

TX1083019A —UN—13OCT10

5. Install DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor (40). For instructions on making this tool, see DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor. (Group 9900.) 6. Tighten nuts on DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor to compress bias piston and bias spring. Compress bias spring approximately 8 mm (0.32 in) or enough to allow installation of swash plate. 40— DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor 41— Bias Spring

42— Bias Piston Hydrostatic Motor Assemble

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-2/24

7. Install swash plate bearings (45), swash plate (44), and thrust plate (48) in motor housing. 48— Thrust Plate TX1082869A —UN—11OCT10

44— Swash Plate 45— Swash Plate Bearing (2 used)

TX1082100A —UN—22SEP10

Swash Plate Components

Hydrostatic Motor Assemble Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-21

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-3/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=83

Hydraulic System

8. On park brake housing (25) side of motor spindle assembly, install shaft (46). 9. Install snap ring (47) in motor spindle assembly. 47— Snap Ring

TX1082115A —UN—22SEP10

25— Park Brake Housing 46— Shaft

Hydrostatic Motor Assemble AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-4/24

10. Assemble rotating group. Align splines of cylinder block assembly (50), retainer guide (54), and thrust washer (53) (319E and 323E machines only). 53— Thrust Washer 54— Retainer Guide 55— Piston and Retainer Assembly

TX1082130A —UN—22SEP10

50— Cylinder Block Assembly 51— Pin Retainer 52— Pin (4 used, 319E and 323E machines, 3 used, 329E and 333E machines)

TX1082131A —UN—22SEP10

Rotating Group Assembly—319E and 323E Machines

Rotating Group Assembly—329E and 333E Machines Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-22

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-5/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=84

Hydraulic System

TX1082884A —UN—11OCT10

NOTE: Motor housing must be tilted slightly downward when installing rotating group to make sure that pistons do not slide forward and prevent rotating group from fully contacting thrust plate on swash plate. 11. Install rotating group on shaft, making sure that rotating group slides completely on to shaft. 12. Loosen nuts on DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor and remove to release tension on bias spring. 13. Position motor spindle assembly on work bench with motor housing facing up (park brake housing down).

Rotating Group Installation

14. Grease and install valve plate to end cover. 15. Install new gasket to motor housing and install motor end cover. NOTE: Motor end cover is under spring pressure. Alternately tighten cap screws when installing cover.

329E and 333E—Specification Motor End Cover Cap Screws (10 mm internal hex wrench)—Torque.................................................................. 111 N·m 82 lb·ft

16. Tighten motor end cover cap screws to specification. 319E and 323E—Specification Motor End Cover Cap Screws (8 mm internal hex wrench)—Torque....................................................................64 N·m 47 lb·ft AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-6/24

17. Install new O-ring on plug (37) for motor relief valve. Install valve (39) and spring (38). Install plug and tighten to specification.

37— Plug (with O-ring) 38— Spring

TX1082066A —UN—21SEP10

Specification Motor Relief Valve Plug (37)—Torque.................................................................................38 N·m 28 lb·ft 39— Valve

Motor Relief Valve Components Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-23

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-7/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=85

Hydraulic System

18. Install new O-rings on plugs (33) for closed-loop shuttle spool. Install shuttle spool (36), washers (35), and springs (34). Install plugs and tighten to specification.

33— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used) 34— Spring (2 used)

TX1082064A —UN—21SEP10

Specification Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool Plug (33)—Torque.................................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft 35— Washer (2 used) 36— Shuttle Spool

Closed-Loop Shuttle Spool Components AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-8/24

NOTE: Depending on motor position on machine (right or left), either port X1 or X2 will have line fitting and other port will have plug (32). TX1082050A —UN—21SEP10

19. Install new O-rings on plugs (31 and 32). Install plugs in motor end cover and tighten to specifications. Specification Plug (31)—Torque.........................................................................21 N·m 186 lb·in Plug (32)—Torque.........................................................................43 N·m 32 lb·ft 30— Motor End Cover 31— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used) 32— Plug (with O-ring)

33— Plug (with O-ring) (2 used) 37— Plug (with O-ring)

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-24

Hydrostatic Motor Assemble

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-9/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=86

Hydraulic System

TX1081897A —UN—16SEP10

Park Brake Assemble

Park Brake Components 15— Snap Ring 17— Spring Retainer 18— Disc Spring (3 used)

19— Bottom Spring Retainer 20— Disc Spacer 21— Washer

22— Spacer Plate (10 used) 23— Brake Disc (9 used)

1. Position motor spindle assembly on work bench with motor housing facing down (park brake housing up).

24— Coupling

2. Coat all parts with clean hydraulic oil prior to assembly. AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-10/24

3. Install bottom spacer plate (22) in park brake housing. 25— Park Brake Housing

TX1082891A —UN—11OCT10

22— Spacer Plate

Park Brake Assemble Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-25

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-11/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=87

Hydraulic System

4. Install coupling (24) in park brake housing with snap ring down.

21— Washer 22— Spacer Plate (10 used)

TX1081918A —UN—16SEP10

5. Install remaining spacer plates (22), brake discs (23), and washer (21). 23— Brake Disc (9 used) 24— Coupling

Park Brake Assemble AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-12/24

6. Install disc spacer (20) and bottom spring retainer (19). 20— Disc Spacer

TX1081917A —UN—16SEP10

19— Bottom Spring Retainer

TX1081916A —UN—16SEP10

Park Brake Assemble

Park Brake Assemble Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-26

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-13/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=88

Hydraulic System

7. Install three disc springs (18) in original orientation in park brake housing (25). 25— Park Brake Housing TX1081911A —UN—16SEP10

18— Disc Spring (3 used)

Park Brake Assemble AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-14/24

8. Lay spring retainer (17) and snap ring (15) on top of park brake housing.

TX1082894A —UN—11OCT10

9. Install DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor (14) to motor spindle assembly. For instructions on making this tool, see DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor. (Group 9900.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to spring retainer seal. Alternately tighten nuts on DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor to prevent spring retainer from tilting during installation. 10. Alternately tighten nuts on DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor to compress park brake springs enough to install snap ring. 11. Install snap ring. 12. Remove DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor from motor spindle assembly.

Park Brake Assemble 14— DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor 15— Snap Ring Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-27

17— Spring Retainer

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-15/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=89

Hydraulic System Gear Case Assemble

1 12 3

1 9

8 6

5 13 1

TX1082027 —UN—20SEP10

TX1082027 Gear Case (without anti-rotate washer) Components

26 12 3 9

8 7

6 27 5

29 2

TX1245352

TX1245352 —UN—09OCT17

Gear Case (with anti-rotate washer) Components

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-28

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-16/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=90

Hydraulic System 1— Plug (3 used) 2— Snap Ring 3— Gear Case Housing 4— End Cover 5— Input Shaft

6— Input Carrier Assembly 7— Thrust Washer 8— Output Carrier Assembly 9— Lock Nut

12— Seal Ring (2 used) 13— O-Ring (2 used) 26— Motor Spindle Assembly 27— O-Ring

1. Position motor spindle assembly on work bench with motor spindle assembly (26) facing down (park brake housing up). Secure to bench.

28— Thrust Washer 29— Anti-Rotate Washer (if equipped)

3. Thoroughly clean O-rings (13) and seal bore surfaces in gear case housing (3) and motor spindle assembly using volatile, non-petroleum base solvent, and lint-free cloth.

2. Cover input shaft hole inside gear case to prevent contamination of hydrostatic motor. IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to hydrostatic motor. Metal face seal O-rings and seat surfaces for O-rings must be clean, dry, and oil free so O-rings do not slip when roller is turning.

4. Wipe finger prints and foreign material off seal ring (12) faces using clean oil and lint-free tissues. Using a foam brush or lint-free cloth, apply a thin film of SAE 80W90 gear oil to each seal ring face. AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-17/24

TX1081849A —UN—15SEP10

5. Install metal face seals in gear case housing and motor spindle assembly. Apply equal pressure with fingers at four equally spaced points on seal ring face. Seal must pop down into place so O-ring (13) is tight against seal bore. A volatile, non-petroleum base solvent may be used as a lubricant. 6. Visually inspect all seal surfaces to make sure that metal face seals are seated properly and seal ring faces are free of finger prints and any foreign material. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. Gear Case Assemble

7. Using appropriate lifting device, install gear case housing on motor spindle assembly.

12— Seal Ring

13— O-Ring

Specification Gear Case Housing—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 27 kg 60 lb AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-18/24

8. If necessary, gently tap bearing cone (63) down to expose threads on park brake housing (25).

25— Park Brake Housing

TX1082911A —UN—12OCT10

9. Install lock nut (9) with ground side toward bearing cone. 63— Bearing Cone

Gear Case Assemble Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-29

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-19/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=91

Hydraulic System

10. Using DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench (10), tighten lock nut to specification. For instructions on making this tool, see DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench. (Group 9900.) TX1081832A —UN—14SEP10

Specification Lock Nut—Initial Torque................................................................15 N·m 132 lb·in 10— DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench

Lock Nut Install AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-20/24

11. Check and record rolling drag torque of gear case housing. Rolling drag torque should be within specification. Specification Gear Case Housing—Initial Rolling Drag Torque........................................................................ 10—13.5 N·m 90—120 lb·in

12. Tighten lock nut to specification. Rotate gear case housing to seat bearings.

TX1082922A —UN—12OCT10

Specification Lock Nut—Torque........................................................................203 N·m 150 lb·ft

13. Tighten lock nut to specification. If lock nut moves, rotate gear case housing again and tighten to specification. Repeat step until there is no additional movement of lock nut. Specification Lock Nut—Torque........................................................................203 N·m 150 lb·ft

14. Check and record rolling drag torque of gear case housing. Rolling drag torque should be within specification. Specification Gear Case Housing—Rolling Drag Torque........................................................................ 4.5—9 N·m Higher than Initial Rolling Drag Torque 40—80 lb·in Higher than Initial Rolling Drag Torque

Rolling drag torque should not exceed maximum specification. If rolling drag torque is more than maximum specification, remove lock nut and check bearings and metal face seals.

Rolling Drag Torque Check

Specification Gear Case Housing—Rolling Drag Torque (maximum)........................................................................26 N·m 230 lb·in

15. Spray inside of gear case housing with a rust inhibiting oil. NOTE: Cover was installed earlier in assembly procedure to prevent contamination from entering hydrostatic motor. 16. Remove cover from input shaft hole.

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-30

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-21/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=92

Hydraulic System

17. Install output carrier assembly (8), making sure that lugs on output carrier assembly fit in slots on lock nut.

TX1081824A —UN—14SEP10

18. Coat thrust washer (7) with a light coat of grease and install on output carrier assembly. 19. Install input carrier assembly (6). 7— Thrust Washer

8— Output Carrier Assembly

Gear Case Assemble AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-22/24

20. Rotate gear case components using DFT1334 Gear Case Turning Tool (64). For instructions on making this tool, see DFT1334 Gear Case Turning Tool. (Group 9900.) Rotate gear case in both directions. Gear case components must rotate at a consistent speed without binding.

TX1082955A —UN—12OCT10

64— DFT1334 Gear Case Turning Tool

Gear Case Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-31

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-23/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=93

Hydraulic System

21. Lubricate shaft seal (65) in spring retainer in park brake housing.

TX1082988A —UN—12OCT10

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible damage to seal. Use care when installing input shaft in gear case so shaft splines do not damage seal. 22. Carefully install input shaft (5) in gear case, making sure not to damage shaft seal. 23. Apply grease to thrust washer (28) and install on end cover (4). 24. Install new O-ring (27) to end cover. Shaft Seal

NOTE: To allow for end cover installation, remove at least one plug (1). Otherwise, trapped air pressure in gear case housing prevents end cover from being installed.

65— Shaft Seal

25. Install end cover in gear case housing. Install anti-rotate washer (if equipped) (29) and snap ring (2). 26. Pressure test gear case housing to test for seal leakage. See Gear Case Leakage Test. (Group 0360.)

Specification Gear Case Housing—Capacity......................................................................... 0.79 L 27.0 oz

28. Install hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case in machine. See Hydrostatic Motor, Park Brake, and Gear Case Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)

27. Fill gear case housing with correct type and amount of oil. See Hydrostatic Planetary Gear Case Oil. (Operator's Manual.)

AB06447,0000CAC -19-19OCT17-24/24

Inspect Metal Face Seals 1. Inspect for the following conditions to determine if seals can be reused:

• Narrow, highly polished sealing area (5) must be in outer half of seal ring face (4).

• Sealing area must be uniform and concentric with ID and OD of seal ring (1).

• Sealing area must not be chipped, nicked, or scratched.

4— Outer Half of Seal Ring Face 5— Sealing Area (dark line)

TX1132086 —UN—05MAR13

1— Seal Ring 2— Worn Area (shaded area) 3— Seal Ring Face

Seal Ring Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-32

AB06447,0000CAD -19-02SEP16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=94

Hydraulic System

2. See illustration for examples of wear on seal rings. I—Sealing area is in inner half of seal ring face (3).

TX1132085 —UN—05MAR13

II—Sealing area is not concentric with ID and OD of seal ring. 3. Clean reusable seals by removing all foreign material from seal rings, except seal face, using a scraper or stiff bristled fiber brush. 4. Wash seal rings and O-rings using a volatile, non-petroleum base solvent to remove all oil. Thoroughly dry parts using lint-free tissue. Worn Seal Rings

5. Apply thin film of oil to seal ring face. Put face of seal rings together and hold with tape until needed for use.

1— Seal Ring 2— Worn Area (shaded area)

5— Sealing Area (dark line) 6— Inner Half of Seal Ring Face AB06447,0000CAD -19-02SEP16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-33

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=95

Hydraulic System

Gear Case Leakage Test 70 kPa 0.7 bar 10 psi

Gear Case Pressure Change (maximum)

7 kPa 0.07 bar 1 psi

TX1081729A —UN—08SEP10

SPECIFICATIONS Gear Case Leakage Test Pressure

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Adapter Fitting 100 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi) Gauge

Gear Case Leakage Test (oil fill plug location may vary)

Shutoff Valve Air Pressure Regulator

The purpose of this test is to determine if gear case is sealed correctly. 1. Drain oil from gear case, as needed. 2. Remove oil fill plug from gear case housing and install adapter fitting (1) into oil fill plug hole. NOTE: Oil fill plug locations may vary. 3. Assemble 100 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi) gauge (2), shutoff valve (3), and air pressure regulator (4) as shown and install to adapter fitting. NOTE: Shutoff valve must be closed before connecting air supply.

1— Adapter Fitting 2— 100 kPa (1 bar) (15 psi) Gauge

3— Shutoff Valve 4— Air Pressure Regulator

6. Close shutoff valve. Wait 20 minutes and check pressure gauge. Specification Gear Case—Pressure Change (maximum)......................................................................... 7 kPa 0.07 bar 1 psi

7. If pressure change is less than 7 kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) in 20 minutes, gear case is considered sealed.

4. Close shutoff valve. 5. Connect air supply, slowly open shutoff valve, and adjust regulator until pressure gauge reads 70 kPa (0.7 bar) (10 psi). Specification Gear Case Leakage Test—Pressure.............................................................................. 70 kPa 0.7 bar 10 psi

If pressure change is more than 7 kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) in 20 minutes, determine location of air leakage. This can be done by brushing a soap and water mixture around sealing areas or dipping unit in a solvent tank and checking for air bubbles. If leak is detected in a seal, gasket, or O-ring, part must be replaced and gear case retested.

AB06447,0000CAE -19-19OCT17-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-34

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=96

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Hydrostatic Pump Weight (approximate)

70 kg 154 lb

Cap Screw (1) Torque

128 N·m 94 lb·ft

Cap Screw (2) Torque

205 N·m 151 lb·ft OTHER MATERIAL

TX1221413A —UN—24AUG16

Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

Install identification tags to all electrical connectors and hydrostatic lines to aid in assembly. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Hydrostatic Pump

2. Remove hydraulic oil reservoir. See Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Remove and Install. (Group 2160.)

3— Hydrostatic Line (8 used) 47— Hydrostatic Pump Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid

3. Remove hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) 4. Disconnect electrical solenoids (Y5 and Y15—Y18) from hydrostatic pump (47). 5. Disconnect hydrostatic lines (3) from hydrostatic pump. See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid

Specification Hydrostatic Pump—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 70 kg 154 lb

6. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydrostatic pump. Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-35

AB06447,0000CA4 -19-04OCT16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=97

Hydraulic System

7. Remove cap screws (1) from engine cradle (4). 8. Remove cap screws (2) and hydrostatic pump. 9. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. TX1224407A —UN—04OCT16

• Tighten cap screws (1) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (1)—Torque...............................................................128 N·m 94 lb·ft

• Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws (2) and tighten to specification.

Specification Cap Screw (2)—Torque...............................................................205 N·m 151 lb·ft

• Perform hydrostatic and hydraulic start-up procedure. See Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure. (Group 0360.)

Hydrostatic Pump 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

4— Engine Cradle 47— Hydrostatic Pump

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation AB06447,0000CA4 -19-04OCT16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-36

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=98

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble

pumps to prevent contamination of hydraulic system.

The hydrostatic pump disassembly and assembly is listed in three different sections.

• Electric Displacement Control Disassemble and Assemble

• Hydrostatic Pump Section Disassemble and Assemble • Center Manifold Disassemble and Assemble

NOTE: The left and right hydrostatic pumps are connected by a center manifold. The configuration for each pump is similar. This procedure applies to an individual pump once it has been separated from the manifold.

IMPORTANT: Thoroughly clean hydrostatic pump cases before separating and disassembling

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-37

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-1/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=99

Hydraulic System

TX1034354 —UN—10JAN08

Electric Displacement Control Disassemble and Assemble

Electric Displacement Control Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-38

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-2/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=100

Hydraulic System 49— Guide Pin (2 used) 50— Link 51— Electric Displacement Control (2 used)

52— Solenoid (2 used) 53— O-Ring (2 used) 54— Solenoid Coil (2 used)

55— Plug 56— O-Ring 57— Cap Screw (6 used) 58— Cap Screw (6 used)

59— Screen 60— Gasket

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-3/24

1. Remove cap screws (58) and remove electric displacement control (51). 2. Remove and discard gasket (60). 3. Remove solenoid coils (54). 4. Remove cap screws (57) and remove solenoids (52). Discard O-rings (53). 58— Cap Screw (6 used) TX1070502A —UN—02FEB10

51— Electric Displacement Control (2 used) 52— Solenoid (2 used)

Electric Displacement Control AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-4/24

5. Remove screen (59). 59— Screen

TX1070518A —UN—02FEB10

51— Electric Displacement Control (2 used)

Electric Displacement Control Screen Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-39

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-5/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=101

Hydraulic System

6. Remove guide pins (49), if necessary. 7. Remove link (50). 8. Inspect machined surfaces of electric displacement control and hydrostatic pump. If any nicks or scratches are found, replace components. 50— Link

TX1070519A —UN—02FEB10

49— Guide Pin (2 used)

Electric Displacement Control Link AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-6/24

9. Install link (50). Tighten to specification. Specification Electric Displacement Control Link—Torque.....................................................................25 N·m 220 lb.-in.

10. Install guide pins (49), if removed. 50— Link

TX1070519A —UN—02FEB10

49— Guide Pin (2 used)

Electric Displacement Control Link Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-40

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-7/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=102

Hydraulic System

NOTE: Install screen with mesh surface facing outward. 11. Install screen (59). 59— Screen

TX1070518A —UN—02FEB10

51— Electric Displacement Control (2 used)

Electric Displacement Control Screen Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-41

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-8/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=103

Hydraulic System

12. Install new O-rings (53) with solenoids (52). Tighten cap screws (57) to specification. Specification Solenoid Cap Screws—Torque..............................................................................5 N·m 45 lb.-in.

13. Install solenoid coils (54). Tighten to specification. TX1070502A —UN—02FEB10

Specification Solenoid Coil—Torque.....................................................................5 N·m 45 lb.-in.

14. Install new gasket (60). 15. Install electric displacement control (51). Tighten cap screws (58) to specification. Specification Electric Displacement Control Cap Screws—Torque.........................................................................13.5 N·m 120 lb.-in.

16. Repeat procedure for other electric displacement control.

Electric Displacement Control 51— Electric Displacement Control (2 used) 52— Solenoid (2 used)

17. Adjust hydrostatic pump assembly to neutral position.

pumps to prevent contamination of hydraulic system.

• For wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Pump Control Neutral Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)

• For tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Pump Control Neutral Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)

Hydrostatic Pump Section Disassemble and Assemble IMPORTANT: Thoroughly clean hydrostatic pump cases before separating and disassembling

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

58— Cap Screw (6 used)

03-0360-42

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-9/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=104

TX1034355 —UN—14JAN08

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Pump Section (right side pump shown)

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-43

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-10/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=105

Hydraulic System 9— O-Ring (2 used) 10— Servo Cylinder (2 used) 11— Locking Plate (2 used) 12— Cap Screw (4 used) 13— Plug (2 used)

14— O-Ring (2 used) 15— Swash Plate 16— Servo Piston Assembly 17— O-Ring (2 used) 18— O-Ring (2 used)

19— Bushing 20— Cylinder Block 21— Pin (3 used) 22— Retainer 44— Guide 45— Piston Replacement Kit

46— Bearing 47— Shaft 48— Cap Screw (6 used) 61— Swash Plate Bearing (2 used)

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-11/24

1. Mark a line down the length of hydrostatic pump assembly for reference when assembling. 2. Remove cap screws (48) and split hydrostatic pump section from center manifold. 3. Remove cylinder block (20).

TX1070536A —UN—03FEB10

48— Cap Screw (6 used)

Hydrostatic Pump Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-44

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-12/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=106

Hydraulic System

4. Remove cap screws (12) and servo cylinders (10). Discard O-rings (9). 12— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1070537A —UN—03FEB10

10— Servo Cylinder (2 used)

Servo Cylinder AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-13/24

5. Remove servo piston assembly (16). Discard O-rings (17 and 18). 16— Servo Piston Assembly

TX1070538A —UN—03FEB10

10— Servo Cylinder (2 used)

Servo Piston Removal Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-45

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-14/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=107

Hydraulic System

6. Remove swash plate (15) and swash plate bearings (61). 7. Remove shaft (47) with bearing (46). 47— Shaft 61— Swash Plate Bearing (2 used)

TX1070539A —UN—03FEB10

15— Swash Plate 46— Bearing

Servo Plate Removal AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-15/24

8. Press bearing (46) from shaft (47). 9. Remove plugs (13), if necessary. Discard O-rings (14).

TX1070535A —UN—03FEB10

10. Inspect machined surfaces. If any nicks or scratches are found, replace components. 11. Inspect shaft for wear, scratching, and pits. If found, replace shaft. 12. Rotate bearing. If bearing does not rotate smoothly, replace. 13. Replace plugs, if removed and new O-rings. Tighten to specification.

Shaft and Bearing

Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................12 N·m 105 lb.-in.

46— Bearing

47— Shaft AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-16/24

14. Press bearing (46) onto shaft (47). 47— Shaft

TX1070535A —UN—03FEB10

46— Bearing

Shaft and Bearing Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-46

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-17/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=108

Hydraulic System

15. Install shaft (47) with bearing (46). 16. Install swash plate (15) with swash plate bearings (61). 47— Shaft 61— Swash Plate Bearing (2 used)

TX1070539A —UN—03FEB10

15— Swash Plate 46— Bearing

Servo Plate Installation AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-18/24

17. Install servo piston assembly (16) with new O-rings (17 and 18). 16— Servo Piston Assembly

TX1070538A —UN—03FEB10

10— Servo Cylinder (2 used)

Servo Piston Installation Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-47

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-19/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=109

Hydraulic System

NOTE: Install servo cylinders so they are snug with servo piston assembly and at approximately the same depth in hydrostatic pump housing. 18. Install servo cylinders (10) with cap screws (12) and new O-rings (9). Tighten cap screws to specification. Specification Servo Cylinder Cap Screws—Torque.........................................................................14.5 N·m 130 lb.-in.

19. Install cylinder block (20).

10— Servo Cylinder (2 used)

TX1070537A —UN—03FEB10

20. Repeat procedure of other hydrostatic pump section. 12— Cap Screw (4 used)

Servo Cylinder AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-20/24

21. Line up hydrostatic pump sections with center manifold. Install cap screws (48) and tighten to specification. Specification Hydrostatic Pump Cap Screws—Torque.......................................................................... 110 N·m 80 lb.-ft.

22. Adjust hydrostatic pump assembly to neutral position.

• For wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Pump

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)

• For tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Pump

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)

TX1070536A —UN—03FEB10

48— Cap Screw (6 used)

Hydrostatic Pump Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-48

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-21/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=110

Hydraulic System Center Manifold Disassemble and Assemble

pumps to prevent contamination of hydraulic system.

TX1034356 —UN—14JAN08

IMPORTANT: Thoroughly clean hydrostatic pump cases before separating and disassembling

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-49

AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-22/24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=111

Hydraulic System

Center Manifold 23— O-Ring (3 used) 24— Pressure Relief Valve 25— Solenoid Valve 26— O-Ring (5 used) 27— Solenoid Coil 28— Nut

29— Fitting Plug (4 used) 30— Pressure Relief Valve (4 used) 31— Compression Spring (4 used) 32— Ring (4 used)

33— O-Ring (4 used) 34— Fitting Plug (8 used) 35— O-Ring (8 used) 36— Gasket (2 used) 37— Cap Screw 38— Bracket

39— Pin (4 used) 40— Pin (2 used) 41— Port Plate 42— Port Plate 43— Coupling 64— Bushing (2 used) AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-23/24

NOTE: Center manifold changed for hydrostatic pump assembly installed in machines (S.N. 257007— ). New center manifold uses a different charge pressure relief valve than previous center manifold. TX1167626A —UN—30JUL14

New hydrostatic pump assembly is service part for machines (S.N. —257006). If replacing charge pressure relief valve, identify hydrostatic pump assembly installed in machine for ordering correct replacement part. 1. Separate hydrostatic pump sections from center manifold. Hydrostatic Pump Center Manifold (S.N. —257006)

2. Remove and discard gaskets (36). 3. Remove pins (39), if necessary. 4. Remove coupling (43) and bushings (64), if necessary.

TX1167627A —UN—30JUL14

33— Charge Pressure Relief Valve

Hydrostatic Pump Center Manifold (S.N. 257007— ) AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-24/24

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-50

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=112

Hydraulic System

5. Remove port plates (41 and 42). 6. Remove pins (40), if necessary. 7. Remove pressure relief valve (24) and discard O-rings (23). 8. Remove nut (28) and solenoid coil (27). 9. Remove solenoid valve (25) and discard O-rings (26). 10. Remove fitting plugs (29), pressure relief valves (30), and compression springs (31). Discard rings (32) and O-rings (33). TX1070548A —UN—03FEB10

11. Remove fitting plugs (34), if necessary and discard O-rings (35). 12. Inspect machined surfaces. If any nicks or scratches are found, replace components. 13. Install fitting plugs (34), if removed and new O-rings (35). Tighten to specification. Specification Fitting Plug—Torque......................................................................48 N·m 35 lb.-ft.

14. Install new rings (32) and O-rings (33) on fitting plugs (29). Install fitting plugs, pressure relief valves (30), and compression springs (31). Tighten to specification. Specification Fitting Plug—Torque......................................................................80 N·m 60 lb.-ft.

15. Install new seal kit (26) on solenoid valve (25). Install solenoid valve. Tighten to specification. Specification Solenoid Valve—Torque................................................................46 N·m 35 lb.-ft.

16. Install solenoid coil (27) with nut (28). Tighten to specification.

Port Plate 40— Pin (2 used) 42— Port Plate

64— Bushing (2 used)

Specification Solenoid Nut—Torque.....................................................................9 N·m 80 lb.-in.

17. Install new seal kit (23) on pressure relief valve (24). Install pressure relief valve. Tighten to specification. Specification Pressure Relief Valve—Torque...............................................................................52 N·m 40 lb.-ft.

18. Install pins (40), if removed. AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-25/24

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-51

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=113

Hydraulic System

19. Install port plates (41 and 42). 20. Install coupling (43) and bushings (64), if removed. 21. Install pins (39), if necessary. 22. Install new gaskets (36). 23. Install hydrostatic pump sections to center manifold. 24. Adjust hydrostatic pump assembly to neutral position.

• For wheeled machines, see Hydrostatic Pump

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)

• For tracked machines, see Hydrostatic Pump 40— Pin (2 used) 42— Port Plate

TX1070548A —UN—03FEB10

Mechanical Neutral Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.) 64— Bushing (2 used)

Port Plate AB06447,0000CA5 -19-13FEB19-26/24

Charge Pump Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 41 N·m 30 lb·ft

Cap Screw (5) Torque

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 243® Threadlocker (medium strength)

TX1221813A —UN—31AUG16

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove engine side panels (9). See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove cap screws (10), nut (11), and cover (12). IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 10 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) immediately after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure.

Panel (right side shown) 9— Engine Side Panel (2 used) 10— Cap Screw (4 used)

11— Nut 12— Cover

4. Disconnect battery. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.)

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-52

BS40810,000020D -19-05OCT17-1/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=114

Hydraulic System

5. Remove clamp (3).

TX1221814A —UN—31AUG16

6. Remove accessory drive belt (1) and disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y13). See Replacing Accessory Drive Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: It is not necessary to disconnect air conditioner lines. 7. Remove cap screws (2) and set air conditioner compressor (4) aside. 1— Accessory Drive Belt 2— Cap Screw (3 used) 3— Clamp

4— Air Conditioner Compressor Y13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid

Air Conditioner Compressor

BS40810,000020D -19-05OCT17-2/3

8. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (8). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. Remove block heater (7) from engine. 10. Remove cap screws (5) and charge pump (6). INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Apply Loctite® 243® Threadlocker (medium strength) to cap screws (5) and tighten to specification.

5— Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Charge Pump

TX1221815A —UN—31AUG16

Specification Cap Screw (5)—Torque.................................................................41 N·m 30 lb·ft 7— Block Heater 8— Hydraulic Line (2 used)

Charge Pump Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BS40810,000020D -19-05OCT17-3/3

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-53

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=115

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Oil Filter Manifold Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Nut (1) Torque

0.70 N·m 6 lb·in

REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1224445A —UN—26SEP16

3. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator’s Station. (Operator's Manual.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

1— Nut 2— Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Electrical Terminal (ground) 47— Hydrostatic Oil Filter Manifold 49— Hydrostatic Oil Filter

4. Clean hydrostatic oil filter manifold (47) and adjacent areas. NOTE: The graphic shown represents machines equipped with a hydrostatic filter only. Some model machines are equipped with a hydrostatic and hydraulic filter. 5. Install identification tags and disconnect lines (157, 200, and 230). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Install identification tags. Remove nut (1) and disconnect hydrostatic oil filter restriction switch (B3). 7. Remove hydrostatic oil filter (49). 8. Remove cap screws (2) and electrical terminal (3).

157— Hydrostatic Oil Filter-to-Hydrostatic Pump Line 200— Hydraulic Fan Motor-to-Hydrostatic Oil Filter Manifold Line 230— Hydrostatic Control Valve-to-Hydrostatic System Line B3—Hydrostatic Oil Filter Restriction Switch

10. Clean and inspect components. Repair or replace components as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten nut (1) to specification. Specification Nut (1)—Torque..........................................................................0.70 N·m 6 lb·in

9. Remove hydrostatic oil filter manifold. MM16284,0002D10 -19-21JAN21-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-54

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=116

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Control Valve Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1306615A —UN—30NOV20

2. Remove footwell. See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. 3. Clean hydrostatic control valve (11) and adjacent areas. 4. Install identification tags and disconnect lines (230 and 287) and two-speed charge pressure line (154). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Hydrostatic Control Valve (older models)

5. Disconnect electrical connector from two-speed solenoid (Y6). 6. Remove cap screws (1) and hydrostatic control valve. 7. Clean and inspect components. Repair or replace components as necessary. See Hydrostatic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) TX1305324A —UN—30NOV20

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Hydrostatic Control Valve 154— Two-Speed Charge Pressure Line

230— Hydrostatic Control Valve-to-Hydrostatic System Line 287— Hydrostatic Control Valve-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid

Hydrostatic Control Valve (newer models)

MM16284,0002D1C -19-21DEC20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-55

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=117

Hydraulic System

Hydrostatic Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw Torque

3—4 N·m 27—35 lb·in

DISASSEMBLE 1. Remove hydrostatic control valve (11). See Hydrostatic Control Valve Remove and Install. (Group 0360.) 2. Remove cap screws (3) and two-speed solenoid (Y6). TX1213760 —UN—05APR16

NOTE: The two-speed solenoid is not serviceable and can only be replaced as a component. 3. Inspect and clean components. Repair or replace components as necessary. ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown.

Hydrostatic Control Valve (older models)

• Tighten cap screws to specification.

3— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Hydrostatic Control Valve

TX1306834A —UN—01DEC20

Specification Cap Screw—Torque.................................................................. 3—4 N·m 27—35 lb·in Y6— Two-Speed Solenoid

Hydrostatic Control Valve (newer models) MM16284,0002D12 -19-17DEC20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-56

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=118

Hydraulic System

Park Brake Solenoid Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 10 N·m 90 lb.-in.

TX1133438A —UN—20MAR13

Coil Mounting Nut Torque

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Disconnect park brake solenoid connector (1).

Park Brake Solenoid Valve

4. Remove coil mounting nut (2). 5. Remove coil (3) from park brake solenoid valve (4). TX1133439A —UN—20MAR13

6. Remove park brake solenoid valve. 7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. 8. Install park brake solenoid valve in manifold. 9. Install coil on park brake solenoid valve. 10. Install coil mounting nut and tighten to specification. Specification Coil Mounting Nut—Torque..................................................................................10 N·m 90 lb.-in.

11. Connect park brake solenoid connector.

Park Brake Solenoid Valve (without coil) 1— Park Brake Solenoid Connector 2— Coil Mounting Nut

3— Coil 4— Park Brake Solenoid Valve

12. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) AB06447,0000C5C -19-28FEB18-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-57

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=119

Hydraulic System

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

03-0360-58

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=120

Section 04 Engine Contents Page

Group 0400—Removal and Installation John Deere Engine.................................... 04-0400-1 Engine Remove and Install........................ 04-0400-2 Engine Cradle Remove and Install ................................................... 04-0400-13 Starter Motor Remove and Install............ 04-0400-15 Alternator Remove and Install ................. 04-0400-17 Accessory Drive Belt Tensioner Remove and Install.............................. 04-0400-18 Damper Plate Remove and Install............ 04-0400-19 Compressor Bracket Remove and Install ................................................... 04-0400-20 Engine Oil Dipstick Tube Remove and Install ............................................ 04-0400-21

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 0400

Removal and Installation John Deere Engine

• See EGR Valve Operation. (CTM136419.)

This machine uses a John Deere 3.0 L diesel engine, which is manufactured by Yanmar Co. The engine model is 4TNV94FHT (turbocharged, intercooled, and high-pressure common rail).

Aftertreatment System Information • See Aftertreatment System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Injector Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Dosing Unit Operation. (CTM136419.) • See DEF Tank Header Operation. (CTM136419.) • See SCR Operation. (CTM136419.)

To identify engine model, see Engine Serial Number Plate Information. (CTM136419.) For theory of operation on John Deere 4TNV94FHT engine and components not contained in this group, see the following: General Engine Information • See General Engine Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Head Gasket Joint Construction and Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cooling System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Lubrication System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Engine Control Unit (ECU) System Operation. (CTM136419.) Air Intake and Exhaust System Information • See Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Air Throttle Actuator Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Cold Start Aid Operation. (CTM136419.) • See EGR Cooler Operation. (CTM136419.)

Fuel System Information • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electric Low-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Electronic Injector (EI) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Common-Rail (HPCR) Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel Pump Operation. (CTM136419.) • See High-Pressure Fuel System Operation. (CTM136419.) • See Primary and Secondary Fuel Filter Operation. (CTM136419.) For additional information, see 4TNV94FHT Diesel Engines (Final Tier 4 Platform). (CTM136419.) NM95233,00006C1 -19-01SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=123

Removal and Installation

Engine Remove and Install Aftertreatment Weight

73 kg 161 lb

Engine Weight

522 kg 1151 lb

Engine Oil Drain Line Torque

59 N·m 44 lb·ft

Front Engine Mount Cap Screw (45) Torque

216 N·m 159 lb·ft

Rear Engine Mount Cap Screw (54) Torque

313 N·m 231 lb·ft XJ1281739A —UN—17JUL19

SPECIFICATIONS

Install identification tags to all electrical connectors, hydraulic hoses, and lines. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Hydraulic Pump (S.N. —340401) Shown

3. Remove hydraulic oil reservoir. See Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) NOTE: The number of hydraulic hoses (1) on the hydraulic pump (46) may vary depending on machine options and pump configuration. 4. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (1) from hydraulic pump (46). See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.)

Hydrostatic Pump

5. Disconnect hydrostatic lines (3) from hydrostatic pump (47). See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.) 6. Disconnect electrical solenoids (Y5, Y10, and Y15—Y18) from hydraulic and hydrostatic pumps.

1— Hydraulic Hose (4 used) 3— Hydrostatic Line (7 used) 46— Hydraulic Pump 47— Hydrostatic Pump Y5— Park Brake Solenoid

7. Remove cooling package. See Cooling Package Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-2

Y10— High Flow Solenoid Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-1/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=124

Removal and Installation

8. Disconnect fuel lines (4) and oil fill neck tube (6). Remove battery ground (38) from engine (7). 7— Engine 38— Battery Ground TX1221414A —UN—24AUG16

4— Fuel Line (2 used) 6— Oil Fill Neck Tube

TX1221427A —UN—24AUG16

Fuel Lines

Engine (left side shown) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-3

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-2/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=125

Removal and Installation

9. Remove clamps (10) from plate (11). 10. Disconnect sensors (B5203, B5502, and B5503) from plate. 11. Remove cap screws (12) from modules (13) and set aside. Remove plate. B5203—Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Inlet Temperature Sensor B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor TX1221415A —UN—25AUG16

10— Clamp (4 used) 11— Plate 12— Cap Screw (2 used) 13— Module (2 used)

Aftertreatment Plate BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-3/16

12. Remove clamps (16 and 19) and disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing injector (Y5020). 13. Remove clamps (14) and disconnect coolant hoses (20) and dosing injector line (21). 21— Dosing Injector Line 22— Aftertreatment Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector

TX1221416A —UN—06SEP16

14— Clamp (2 used) 16— Clamp 19— Clamp 20— Coolant Hose (2 used)

DEF Dosing Injector Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-4

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-4/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=126

Removal and Installation

14. Disconnect hoses (23) and sensors (B5201 and B5202). B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor

TX1221417A —UN—24AUG16

23— Hose (2 used) B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor

Aftertreatment Electrical Connectors Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-5

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-5/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=127

Removal and Installation

15. Remove nuts (24) from exhaust filter (25). 16. Remove cap screws (26) from brackets (27). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 17. Attach appropriate lifting device to aftertreatment (22). Specification Aftertreatment—Weight................................................................... 73 kg 161 lb

22— Aftertreatment 24— Nut (4 used) 25— Exhaust Filter

TX1221418A —UN—24AUG16

18. Remove aftertreatment. 26— Cap Screw (10 used) 27— Bracket (3 used)

TX1221419A —UN—06SEP16

Exhaust Filter

Aftertreatment Brackets Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-6

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-6/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=128

Removal and Installation

19. Disconnect electrical connectors (X15 and X19). See Right Main Harness (W4) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) X19— Right Main Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 1-Pin Connector

TX1221421A —UN—24AUG16

X15— Right Main Harness-to-Engine Interface Harness 8-Pin Connector

Engine Interface Harness Connectors Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-7

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-7/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=129

Removal and Installation

20. Disconnect electrical connectors (X5057—X5060). See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location and see Engine Fuel System Harness (W22) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

X5058—Left Main Harnessto-Engine Harness Connector 2 X5059—Left Main Harnessto-Engine Harness Connector 3 X5060—Left Main Harness-toEngine Fuel System Harness Connector

Main Engine Harness Connectors

TX1221422A —UN—24AUG16

28— Cap Screw (2 used) 29— Frame 30— Bracket X5057—Left Main Harnessto-Engine Harness Connector 1

TX1221423A —UN—06SEP16

21. Remove cap screws (28) and bracket (30) from frame (29).

Main Engine Harness Bracket BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-8/16

22. Disconnect glow plugs (R5) and engine oil pressure switch (B5115) connectors. See Left Main Harness (W3) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) R5—Glow Plugs

TX1221420A —UN—24AUG16

B5115—Engine Oil Pressure Switch

Engine (left side shown) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-8

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-9/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=130

Removal and Installation

23. Disconnect block heater (if equipped) (31) from engine. 32— Charge Pump

TX1221424A —UN—24AUG16

31— Block Heater (if equipped)

Block Heater (if equipped) BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-10/16

24. Remove accessory drive belt (49) and disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid (Y13). See Replacing Accessory Drive Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: It is not necessary to disconnecting air conditioner lines. 25. Remove cap screws (50) and set air conditioner compressor (51) aside. 51— Air Conditioner Compressor Y13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid

TX1221425A —UN—14SEP16

49— Accessory Drive Belt 50— Cap Screw (3 used)

Air Conditioner Compressor (if equipped) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-9

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-11/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=131

Removal and Installation

26. Disconnect fuel lines (34). Remove cap screw (35) and set starter relay (K1) aside. 27. Remove cap screws (36) and set right cooling package support bracket (37) on the left side of machine. 37— Right Cooling Package Support Bracket K1—Starter Relay

TX1221426A —UN—24AUG16

34— Fuel Line (3 used) 35— Cap Screw 36— Cap Screw (2 used)

Right Cooling Package Support Bracket BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-12/16

28. Remove cap screw (39) and clamp (40), allowing drain line (41) to be removed with engine. 41— Drain Line TX1221428A —UN—06OCT16

39— Cap Screw 40— Clamp

Drain Line Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-10

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-13/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=132

Removal and Installation

29. Remove dosing injector coolant hoses (42) and engine coolant hoses (48). 48— Engine Coolant Hose (3 used)

TX1221430A —UN—02SEP16

42— Dosing Injector Coolant Hose (2 used)

TX1221431A —UN—24AUG16

Dosing Injector Coolant Hoses

Engine Coolant Hoses Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-11

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-14/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=133

Removal and Installation

30. Remove cap screws (44) and bracket (43). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 31. Attach appropriate lifting device to support engine. Specification Engine—Weight............................................................................ 522 kg 1151 lb

32. Remove front engine mount cap screws (45), rear engine mount cap screw (54), and engine. 33. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION TX1221429A —UN—24AUG16

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• If replacing engine oil drain line was necessary, tighten to specification.

Specification Engine Oil Drain Line—Torque.................................................................................59 N·m 44 lb·ft

• Tighten front engine mount cap screws (45) and rear

Hydraulic Reservoir Bracket

engine mount cap screw (54) to specification.

Specification Front Engine Mount Cap Screw (45)—Torque....................................................................216 N·m 159 lb·ft Rear Engine Mount Cap Screw (54)—Torque....................................................................313 N·m 231 lb·ft

XJ1272926 —UN—14FEB19

NOTE: If engine was replaced, proceed to the appropriate section. Programming Engine Control Unit (ECU) Specific instructions must be followed for programming a new engine control unit (ECU). Proceed to appropriate section based on following scenarios:

• Installing new engine and new ECU • Installing new ECU only

Rear Engine Mount Cap Screw

Installing new engine and new ECU NOTE: The new ECU is preloaded with information for new engine. Program new ECU to associate with the machine. 1. Install new ECU. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install. (Group 1600.) 2. Confirm Service ADVISOR™ has the latest software downloaded on the computer being used. 3. Select Start New Job in Service Advisor™. Enter details and select Next.

7— Engine 43— Bracket 44— Cap Screw (2 used)

4. Select Reprogramming and enter machine product identification number (PIN). Select Finish. 5. Select the Engine payload and Action dropdown menu at top right corner. Select Download Selected Payload(s) and select Go. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

45— Front Engine Mount Cap Screw (2 used) 54— Rear Engine Mount Cap Screw

04-0400-12

BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-15/16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=134

Removal and Installation

IMPORTANT: Do not select Replacing current ECM with another ECM.

4. Select Reprogramming and enter machine product identification number (PIN). Select Finish.

6. Select Reprogramming current ECM (Service Programming) option and select “Do you want to perform an engine replacement?” Enter new engine serial number and machine product identification number. Select Done.

5. Select the Engine payload and Action dropdown menu at top right corner. Select Download Selected Payload(s) and select Go.

7. A dialogue box appears on the screen showing payload file status as downloaded. Select Back.

6. Select Replacing current ECM with another ECM option. Enter new ECU serial number and select Done. 7. A dialogue box appears on the screen showing payload file status as downloaded. Select Back.

8. On machine, confirm that switched power is turned ON. Select the Engine payload and Action dropdown menu at top right corner. Select Start Reprogramming. Select correct electronic data link (EDL) and select Go.

9. Follow instructions on the screen to finish programming and associating the new ECU. Installing new ECU only

NOTE: If a window appears asking availability of old ECU, select the box indicating old ECU is not available. 9. Follow instructions on the screen to finish programming and associating the new ECU.

1. Install new ECU. See Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)

Additional Information:

2. Confirm Service ADVISOR™ has the latest software downloaded on the computer being used.

• If issues exist, reference DTAC solution 103722.

3. Select Start New Job in Service Advisor™. Enter details and select Next. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company BS40810,0000201 -19-07AUG19-16/16

Engine Cradle Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Engine Cradle Weight (approximate)

25 kg 55 lb

Cap Screw (10) Torque

205 N·m 151 lb·ft

Cap Screw (11) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

REMOVAL

TX1221515A —UN—24AUG16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove engine. See Engine Remove and Install. (Group 0400.) 3. Remove ground (1) and clamp (3). 4. Remove air conditioner compressor bracket (if equipped) (2). See Compressor Bracket Remove and Install. (Group 0400.) 1— Ground 2— Air Conditioner Compressor Bracket (if equipped)

Air Conditioner Compressor Bracket (if equipped)

3— Clamp

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-13

BS40810,0000202 -19-25OCT16-1/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=135

Removal and Installation

5. Remove cap screws (4) from hydraulic pump (7). 6. Loosen nuts (5) and cap screws (6) to aid in removal of engine cradle (8). 7— Hydraulic Pump 8— Engine Cradle

TX1221514A —UN—24AUG16

4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Nut (4 used) 6— Cap Screw (4 used)

Hydraulic Pump Cap Screws BS40810,0000202 -19-25OCT16-2/3

7. Remove cap screws (10) from bell housing (9). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 8. Attach appropriate lifting device to engine cradle. Specification Engine Cradle—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg 55 lb

TX1221516A —UN—24AUG16

9. Remove clamp (12) and cap screws (11) from engine (13). Remove engine cradle. 10. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten cap screws (10) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (10)—Torque...............................................................................205 N·m 151 lb·ft

• Tighten cap screws (11) to specification.

Engine Cradle 8— Engine Cradle 9— Bell Housing 10— Cap Screw (4 used)

11— Cap Screw (15 used) 12— Clamp 13— Engine

Specification Cap Screw (11)—Torque..................................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft BS40810,0000202 -19-25OCT16-3/3

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-14

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=136

Removal and Installation

Starter Motor Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Nut (4) Torque

9 N·m 80 lb·in

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove engine side panels. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) TX1221767A —UN—31AUG16

3. Disconnect battery. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove cap screw (1) and set starter relay (K1) aside. 5. Remove clamp (5). K1—Starter Relay

TX1221768A —UN—31AUG16

1— Cap Screw 5— Clamp

Air Conditioner Line Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-15

BS40810,0000203 -19-25OCT16-1/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=137

Removal and Installation

6. Install identification tags and disconnect wires (3). 4— Nut

TX1221769A —UN—31AUG16

2— Cap Screw 3— Wire (4 used)

Starter Motor Wires BS40810,0000203 -19-25OCT16-2/3

7. Loosen cap screw (6). Install identification tag and disconnect wire (7). 8. Remove cap screws (8) and starter motor (9). 9. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten nut to specification.

6— Cap Screw 7— Wire

TX1221770A —UN—30AUG16

Specification Nut (4)—Torque...............................................................................9 N·m 80 lb·in 8— Cap Screw (2 used) 9— Starter Motor

Starter Motor BS40810,0000203 -19-25OCT16-3/3

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=138

Removal and Installation

Alternator Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove engine side panels. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.)

TX1222392A —UN—06SEP16

IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 10 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure. 3. Disconnect battery. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove accessory drive belt (1). See Replacing Accessory Drive Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Remove cap screws (2), spacers (3), and set alternator (4) aside.

Alternator 1— Accessory Drive Belt 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

3— Spacer (2 used) 4— Alternator BS40810,0000204 -19-25OCT16-1/2

6. Remove clamp (8) and disconnect electrical connectors (5—7). 7. Remove alternator. 8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair and replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 7— Electrical Connector 8— Clamp TX1222393A —UN—06SEP16

5— Electrical Connector 6— Electrical Connector

Alternator Electrical Connectors BS40810,0000204 -19-25OCT16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-17

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=139

Removal and Installation

Accessory Drive Belt Tensioner Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove right engine side panel. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove accessory drive belt. See Replacing Accessory Drive Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove cap screw (1) and tensioner (2). 5. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary.

TX1221657A —UN—30AUG16

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 1— Cap Screw

2— Tensioner

Belt Tensioner BS40810,0000205 -19-25OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-18

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=140

Removal and Installation

Damper Plate Remove and Install 100 kg 220 lb

Bell Housing Weight

32 kg 71 lb

Cap Screw (4 and 6) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

Cap Screw (1) Torque

128 N·m 94 lb·ft

TX1221582A —UN—29AUG16

SPECIFICATIONS Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Pump Assembly Weight

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Bell Housing

2. Remove engine cradle. See Engine Cradle Remove and Install. (Group 0400.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Pump Assembly

3. Attach appropriate lifting device to hydrostatic and hydraulic pump assembly (2).

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Pump Assembly—Weight........................................................................ 100 kg 220 lb

4. Remove cap screws (1) and hydrostatic and hydraulic pump assembly.

3— Bell Housing 6— Cap Screw (12 used)

5. Attach appropriate lifting device to bell housing (3). Specification Bell Housing—Weight..................................................................... 32 kg 71 lb

6. Remove cap screws (6) and bell housing. BS40810,0000206 -19-15SEP16-1/2

7. Remove cap screws (4) and damper plate (5). 8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten cap screws (4 and 6) to specification in a crisscross pattern.

TX1211957A —UN—03MAR16

Specification Cap Screw (4 and 6)—Torque.....................................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

• Tighten cap screws (1) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (1)—Torque...............................................................128 N·m 94 lb·ft 4— Cap Screw (8 used)

5— Damper Plate Damper Plate

BS40810,0000206 -19-15SEP16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-19

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=141

Removal and Installation

Compressor Bracket Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw (2) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

Cap Screw (1) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1221929A —UN—31AUG16

2. Remove engine. See Engine Remove and Install. (Group 0400.) 3. Remove cap screws (1 and 2). 4. Remove compressor bracket (3). 5. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION

Compressor Bracket

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to accessory drive belt. Ensure proper alignment of holes in compressor bracket.

• Install two tapered drifts in cap screw (1) locations to align bracket (3.)

• Tighten cap screws (2) to specification and remove tapered drifts.

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

3— Bracket

• Tighten cap screws (1) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (1)—Torque.................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

Specification Cap Screw (2)—Torque.................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft BS40810,0000207 -19-22SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=142

Removal and Installation

Engine Oil Dipstick Tube Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 30 N·m 22 lb·ft

TX1223858A —UN—23SEP16

Nut (3) Torque

3. Remove clamps (1) and nut (3). 4. Remove engine oil dipstick tube (2).

TX1223859A —UN—23SEP16

5. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten nut (3) to specification. Specification Nut (3)—Torque.............................................................................30 N·m 22 lb·ft 1— Clamp (3 used) 2— Engine Oil Dipstick Tube

Engine (left side shown)

3— Nut

BS40810,0000208 -19-14OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-21

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=143

Removal and Installation

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

04-0400-22

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=144

Section 05 Engine Auxiliary System Contents Page

Group 0510—Cooling Systems Fan Remove and Install............................. 05-0510-1 Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install ..................................................... 05-0510-3 Radiator Remove and Install ..................... 05-0510-4 Cooling Package Remove and Install ..................................................... 05-0510-7 Group 0520—Intake System Air Cleaner Remove and Install................. 05-0520-1 Group 0530—External Exhaust Systems Service Filter Cleaning .............................. 05-0530-1 Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install .............................................. 05-0530-1 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Remove and Install..................... 05-0530-4 Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Remove and Install................................ 05-0530-5 Exhaust Filter Remove and Install.............. 05-0530-5 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install................................ 05-0530-6 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install................................ 05-0530-8 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Disassemble and Assemble .................. 05-0530-9 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure............................. 05-0530-11 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Remove and Install ...................... 05-0530-12 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector Remove and Install ................. 05-0530-13 Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Decomposition Tube Remove and Install ............................................ 05-0530-13 Group 0560—External Fuel Supply Systems Drain Fuel Tank Procedure........................ 05-0560-1 Fuel Tank Remove and Install ................... 05-0560-2 Auxiliary Fuel Tank Remove and Install ..................................................... 05-0560-3 Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Remove and Install .............................................. 05-0560-4 Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Assembly Remove and Install .............................................. 05-0560-4 Final Fuel Filter Assembly Remove and Install .............................................. 05-0560-5 Fuel Cooler Remove and Install ................ 05-0560-6

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 0510

Cooling Systems Fan Remove and Install 37 kg 82 lb

Fan Mounting Cap Screw Torque

37 N·m 27 lb·ft

TX1221623A —UN—30AUG16

SPECIFICATIONS Grille Weight

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength)

REMOVAL Rear Camera Connection (if equipped)

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.)

A10— Rear Camera

2. Remove engine side panels. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Disconnect electrical connector from rear camera (A10). See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-1

BS40810,0000209 -19-05MAY17-1/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=147

Cooling Systems

4. Remove cap screws (1) and shields (2). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Attach appropriate lifting device to grille (3). Specification Grille—Weight................................................................................. 37 kg 82 lb

6. Remove grille mounting cap screws (4) and grille. 3— Grille 4— Grille Mounting Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1221624A —UN—30AUG16

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Shield (2 used)

TX1221625A —UN—30AUG16

Side Shield (right side shown)

Grille Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-2

BS40810,0000209 -19-05MAY17-2/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=148

Cooling Systems

7. Remove fan mounting cap screws (5) and fan (6). INSTALLATION TX1221626A —UN—30AUG16

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Apply Loctite® 242® Threadlocker (medium strength) to threads of fan mounting cap screws. Tighten cap screws to specification.

Specification Fan Mounting Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................37 N·m 27 lb·ft Fan 5— Fan Mounting Cap Screw (4 used)

6— Fan

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation BS40810,0000209 -19-05MAY17-3/3

Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install REMOVAL TX1223938A —UN—22SEP16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove air cleaner. See Air Cleaner Remove and Install. (Group 0520.) 3. Remove fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 4. Remove cap screws (2) from charge air cooler (1). 1— Charge Air Cooler

2— Cap Screw (4 used)

Charge Air Cooler

BS40810,000020A -19-06JUL17-1/2

5. Install identification tags and disconnect hoses (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Remove charge air cooler. TX1223937A —UN—22SEP16

7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 3— Hose (2 used) Charge Air Cooler Hoses

BS40810,000020A -19-06JUL17-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=149

Cooling Systems

Radiator Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Drain cooling system. See Drain and Refill Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove charge air cooler. See Charge Air Cooler Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 4. Remove pin (1), nuts (3), and set condenser (2) aside. 3— Nut (2 used)

TX1223998A —UN—23SEP16

1— Pin 2— Condenser

Condenser Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-4

BS40810,000020B -19-25OCT16-1/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=150

Cooling Systems

5. Install identification tags and remove hoses (4) from radiator (5). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 5— Radiator

TX1223999A —UN—23SEP16

4— Hose (3 used)

TX1224000A —UN—23SEP16

Lower Radiator Hose

Upper Radiator Hose Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-5

BS40810,000020B -19-25OCT16-2/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=151

Cooling Systems

6. Remove clamp (8) from oil fill neck (9). 7. Remove nuts (7), upper mounting bracket (6), and radiator. TX1224001A —UN—23SEP16

8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 5— Radiator 6— Upper Mounting Bracket 7— Nut (2 used)

8— Clamp 9— Oil Fill Neck Upper Mounting Bracket

BS40810,000020B -19-25OCT16-3/3

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-6

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=152

Cooling Systems

Cooling Package Remove and Install 100 kg 221 lb

Mounting Cap Screw (47) Torque

320 N·m 236 lb·ft

Cap Screw (46) Torque

130 N·m 96 lb·ft

Fuel Tank Capacity (tracked machines)

113.6 L 30 gal

Fuel Tank Capacity (wheeled machines)

96.5 L 25.5 gal TX1225360A —UN—07OCT16

SPECIFICATIONS Cooling Package Weight (approximate)

NOTE: Cooling package remove and install procedure is similar for both tracked and wheeled machines. Procedure for tracked machine is shown. Install identification tags to all electrical connectors, hydraulic hoses, and lines to aid in assembly. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Fan Motor

REMOVAL 1— Hydraulic Line (2 used)

2— Fan Motor

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 10 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure. 2. Disconnect battery. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Drain fuel tank. See Drain Water and Sediment From Fuel Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove engine cover. See Engine Cover Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 5. Remove hydraulic oil cooler. See Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install. (Group 2160.) 6. Remove radiator. See Radiator Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 7. Remove hydraulic lines (1) from fan motor (2). Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-7

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-1/12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=153

Cooling Systems

8. Remove cap screw (3) and plastic clamps (4) from engine oil fill neck (13). 9. Remove nuts (5) and bracket (6). 6— Bracket 13— Engine Oil Fill Neck

TX1225361A —UN—07OCT16

3— Cap Screw 4— Plastic Clamp (2 used) 5— Nut (2 used)

Engine Oil Fill Neck BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-2/12

10. Remove nuts (7) and heater valve motor bracket (8) from cooling package (9). 9— Cooling Package

TX1225362A —UN—07OCT16

7— Nut (2 used) 8— Heater Valve Motor Bracket

Heater Valve Motor Bracket Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-8

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-3/12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=154

Cooling Systems

11. Remove cap screws (11). Set bracket (12), engine oil fill neck, and hydraulic oil fill neck (10) assembly aside. 12. Remove clamps (17) from oil dipstick tube (21) and fuel breather (18) and set fuel breather aside. 13. Remove hose (16) from surge tank (22). 14. Remove nuts (19) and support plate (20) towards front of machine. 15. Remove cap screws (14) and surge tank bracket (15). 17— Clamp (3 used) 18— Fuel Breather 19— Nut (2 used) 20— Plate 21— Oil Dipstick Tube 22— Surge Tank

TX1225363A —UN—07OCT16

10— Hydraulic Oil Fill Neck 11— Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Bracket 13— Engine Oil Fill Neck 14— Cap Screw (2 used) 15— Surge Tank Bracket 16— Hose

TX1225364A —UN—07OCT16

Hydraulic and Engine Oil Fill Neck Bracket

Surge Tank Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-9

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-4/12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=155

Cooling Systems

16. Remove nut (48), clamp (23), and intake hose (24) from engine (25). 25— Engine 48— Nut

TX1225433A —UN—07OCT16

23— Clamp 24— Intake Hose

Intake Hose BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-5/12

17. Remove upper radiator hose (28) from engine. 18. Remove hydraulic line (27) and fuel breather hose (26). 27— Hydraulic Line 28— Upper Radiator Hose

TX1225434A —UN—07OCT16

25— Engine 26— Fuel Breather Hose

Upper Radiator Hose Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-10

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-6/12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=156

Cooling Systems

19. Remove clamps (31), cap screws (29), and plate (30). 31— Clamp (3 used)

TX1225435A —UN—07OCT16

29— Cap Screw (2 used) 30— Plate

Coolant Hoses BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-7/12

20. Remove nuts (37) and rubber clamp (38) from cooling package (9). NOTE: It is not necessary to disconnect air conditioner line. 21. Loosen jam nut (39) from air conditioner line (42) and set air conditioner line aside. 22. Remove clamps (40) and diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) breather (41) and set DEF breather aside. 40— Clamp (3 used) 41— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Breather 42— Air Conditioner Line

TX1225436A —UN—07OCT16

9— Cooling Package 37— Nut (2 used) 38— Rubber Clamp 39— Jam Nut

Cooling Package (right side shown) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-11

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-8/12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=157

Cooling Systems

23. Disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank header assembly (A5507) and electrical connectors (X51 and X52). See Rear Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) X51— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness Connector 1 X52— Right Main Harness-toRear Engine Harness Connector 2

TX1225437A —UN—07OCT16

43— Exhaust Filter 48— DEF Tank A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly

TX1225438A —UN—07OCT16

Rear Engine Harness Connectors

DEF Tank Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-12

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-9/12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=158

Cooling Systems

24. Remove clamps (44) and cap screws (46) from cooling package support brackets (45). 46— Cap Screw (4 used) W1—Rear Engine Harness

TX1225439A —UN—07OCT16

44— Clamp (2 used) 45— Cooling Package Support Bracket (2 used)

Cooling Package Support Bracket (right side shown) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-13

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-10/12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=159

Cooling Systems

25. Remove plastic plugs (32) and plates (33). 26. Remove fuel hose (35) from fuel tank (36). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 27. Attach appropriate lifting device to support cooling package.

32— Plastic Plug (4 used) 33— Plate (2 used) 34— Fan Shroud

TX1225440A —UN—07OCT16

Specification Cooling Package—Weight (approximate)............................................................................................ 100 kg 221 lb 35— Fuel Hose 36— Fuel Tank 47— Mounting Cap Screw (3 used)

TX1225441A —UN—07OCT16

Fuel Hose Plate

Fuel Tank Hose Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-14

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-11/12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=160

Cooling Systems

28. Remove mounting cap screws (47) and cooling package. 29. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten mounting cap screws (47) to specification.

TX1225442A —UN—07OCT16

Specification Mounting Cap Screw (47)—Torque...............................................................................320 N·m 236 lb·ft

• Tighten cap screws (46) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (46)—Torque...............................................................................130 N·m 96 lb·ft

• Refill fuel tank. Specification Fuel Tank—Capacity (tracked machines)....................................................................... 113.6 L 30 gal Fuel Tank—Capacity (wheeled machines)....................................................................... 96.5 L 25.5 gal

Mounting Cap Screw 34— Fan Shroud

47— Mounting Cap Screw (3 used)

BS40810,000020C -19-25OCT16-12/12

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-15

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=161

Cooling Systems

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0510-16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=162

Group 0520

Intake System Air Cleaner Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove engine side panels. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) TX1224276A —UN—28SEP16

3. Remove cap screws (1) and guard (2). 4. Install identification tags and disconnect fuel hoses (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 1— Cap Screw (5 used) 2— Guard

3— Fuel Hose (2 used)

Fuel Cooler Guard BS40810,000021A -19-25OCT16-1/4

5. Disconnect electrical connector (5) and remove hose (4) from air cleaner (6). 6— Air Cleaner

TX1224273A —UN—28SEP16

4— Hose 5— Electrical Connector

Air Cleaner Hose Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0520-1

BS40810,000021A -19-25OCT16-2/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=163

Intake System

6. Remove cap screws (10) and nuts (11). 7. Separate plate (9) from cooling package (8) and remove air cleaner bracket (7). 10— Cap Screw (2 used) 11— Nut (2 used)

TX1224274A —UN—28SEP16

7— Air Cleaner Bracket 8— Cooling Package 9— Plate

Air Cleaner Bracket BS40810,000021A -19-25OCT16-3/4

8. Remove cap screws (12) from air cleaner bracket. Remove air cleaner. 9. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 12— Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1224275A —UN—28SEP16

6— Air Cleaner 7— Air Cleaner Bracket

Air Cleaner BS40810,000021A -19-25OCT16-4/4

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0520-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=164

Group 0530

External Exhaust Systems Service Filter Cleaning

ash, which is a noncombustible result of additives used in crankcase lubrication oils and the fuel. Ash removal CANNOT be performed by the operator. For more information on exhaust filter ash removal, see Diesel Particulate Filter — Maintenance and Service and see Exhaust Filter — Ash Handling and Disposal. (CTM136419)

For in depth details regarding cleaning states, see Exhaust Aftertreatment Circuit Theory of Operation (Group 9015-05.) In addition to the cleaning procedures, the exhaust filter also requires maintenance to remove accumulated

BS40810,000020E -19-24OCT16-1/1

Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install Aftertreatment Assembly Weight (approximate)

73 kg 161 lb

Cap Screw (26) Torque

49 N·m 36 lb·ft

Cap Screw (24) Torque

49 N·m 36 lb·ft

TX1224433A —UN—29SEP16

SPECIFICATIONS

Install identification tags to all electrical connectors and hoses to aid in assembly. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. REMOVAL Aftertreatment Plate

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.)

8— Surge Tank Bracket 9— Nut (2 used) 10— Clamp (4 used) 11— Plate 12— Cap Screw (2 used)

13— Module (2 used) B5203—Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) Inlet Temperature Sensor B5502—Aftertreatment Inlet NOx Sensor B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor

6. Disconnect sensors (B5203, B5502, and B5503).

2. Disconnect battery. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove engine cover. See Engine Cover Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 4. Remove air cleaner. See Air Cleaner Remove and Install. (Group 0520.)

7. Remove cap screws (12) from modules (13) and set modules aside. 8. Remove nuts (9) from surge tank bracket (8) and remove plate.

5. Remove clamps (10) from plate (11). Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-1

BS40810,0000218 -19-25OCT16-1/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=165

External Exhaust Systems

9. Remove clamps (16 and 19) and disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing injector (Y5020). 10. Remove clamps (14) and disconnect coolant hoses (20) and dosing injector line (21). 21— Dosing Injector Line 22— Aftertreatment Y5020—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector

TX1221416A —UN—06SEP16

14— Clamp (2 used) 16— Clamp 19— Clamp 20— Coolant Hose (2 used)

DEF Dosing Injector BS40810,0000218 -19-25OCT16-2/4

11. Remove hoses (23) and disconnect sensors (B5201 and B5202). B5202—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Outlet Temperature Sensor

TX1221417A —UN—24AUG16

23— Hose (2 used) B5201—Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature Sensor

Aftertreatment Electrical Connectors Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-2

BS40810,0000218 -19-25OCT16-3/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=166

External Exhaust Systems

12. Remove nuts (24) from exhaust filter (25). 13. Remove cap screws (26) from brackets (27). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Attach appropriate lifting device to aftertreatment assembly (22).

TX1221418A —UN—24AUG16

Specification Aftertreatment Assembly—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 73 kg 161 lb

15. Remove aftertreatment assembly. 16. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

Exhaust Filter

• If replacing the aftertreatment assembly, see

Exhaust Filter, Brackets, and Piping — Installation. (CTM136419.) • Tighten cap screws (26) to specification. TX1221419A —UN—06SEP16

Specification Cap Screw (26)—Torque.................................................................................49 N·m 36 lb·ft

• Tighten cap screws (24) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (24)—Torque.................................................................................49 N·m 36 lb·ft 22— Aftertreatment Assembly 24— Nut (4 used) 25— Exhaust Filter

Aftertreatment Brackets

26— Cap Screw (10 used) 27— Bracket (3 used)

BS40810,0000218 -19-25OCT16-4/4

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=167

External Exhaust Systems

Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Remove and Install 23 kg 51 lb

Nut (4) Torque

42 N·m 31 lb·ft

Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Outlet Temperature Sensor Torque

45 N·m 33 lb·ft

TX1224239A —UN—29SEP16

SPECIFICATIONS Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Weight (approximate)

OTHER MATERIAL NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)

2. Remove aftertreatment assembly. See Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

1— Decomposition Tube 2— Nut (4 used) 3— Cap Screw (4 used) 4— Nut (4 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injuries. Allow exhaust components sufficient time to cool before performing service.

5— Tie Band (2 used) 6— Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) B5203—Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Outlet Temperature Sensor B5503—Aftertreatment Outlet NOx Sensor

3. Remove cap screws (3) and nuts (2) from decomposition tube (1). 4. Install identification tags and remove diesel particulate filter (DPF) outlet temperature sensor (B5203) and aftertreatment outlet NOx sensor (B5503).

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten nuts (4) to specification. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy components. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Attach appropriate lifting device to selective catalyst reduction (SCR) (6). Specification Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 51 lb

6. Remove nuts (4) and tie bands (5). 7. Remove selective catalyst reduction (SCR).

Specification Nut (4)—Torque.............................................................................42 N·m 31 lb·ft

• Apply NEVER-SEEZ® Anti-Seize Lubricant to threads

of diesel particulate filter (DPF) outlet temperature sensor (B5203). • Tighten diesel particulate filter (DPF) outlet temperature sensor to specification. Specification Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Outlet Temperature Sensor—Torque............................................................................45 N·m 33 lb·ft

8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. NEVER-SEEZ is a trademark of Emhart Chemical Group BS40810,000020F -19-25OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=168

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Remove and Install Remove exhaust filter. See Exhaust Filter Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

• See Exhaust Filter — Tear Down. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter — Inspection. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter — Cleaning. (CTM136419.) • See Exhaust Filter — Assemble. (CTM136419.)

For more information: BS40810,000021B -19-20OCT16-1/1

Exhaust Filter Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Exhaust Filter Weight (approximate)

25 kg 55 lb

Nut (4) Torque

42 N·m 31 lb·ft

REMOVAL TX1224228A —UN—28SEP16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove aftertreatment assembly. See Aftertreatment Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) CAUTION: Prevent possible burn injuries. Allow exhaust components sufficient time to cool before performing service.

Exhaust Filter

3. Remove cap screws (3) and nuts (2) from decomposition tube (1).

1— Decomposition Tube 2— Nut (4 used) 3— Cap Screw (4 used)

4— Nut (2 used) 5— Exhaust Filter 6— Tie Band

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy components. Use appropriate lifting device. 4. Attach appropriate lifting device to exhaust filter (5).

INSTALLATION

Specification Exhaust Filter—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 25 kg 55 lb

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

5. Remove nuts (4) and tie band (6).

IMPORTANT: Do not overtighten nuts (4). Overtightening the nuts could cause damage to the threads. Use hand tools to tighten nuts.

• Tighten nuts (4) to specification.

6. Remove exhaust filter. 7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

Specification Nut (4)—Torque.............................................................................42 N·m 31 lb·ft BS40810,0000210 -19-18OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=169

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Capacity

7.1 L 1.9 gal

REMOVAL TX1223561A —UN—16SEP16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove engine side panels. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 10 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure. 3. Disconnect battery. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove nut (2), cap screws (1), and cover (3).

DEF Cover 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Nut

3— Cover

5. Drain or siphon DEF tank. See Clean Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) BS40810,0000211 -19-01FEB21-1/5

6. Loosen cap screws (4) and remove cap screw (5). 5— Cap Screw

TX1223593A —UN—16SEP16

4— Cap Screw (2 used)

DEF Fill Neck Cover Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-6

BS40810,0000211 -19-01FEB21-2/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=170

External Exhaust Systems

IMPORTANT: Prevent DEF system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on DEF components. Clean components and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Loosen clamp (7) and remove DEF fill neck cover (6). 8. Install identification tag and disconnect electrical connector (8). 8— Electrical Connector A5507—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Assembly

TX1244872A —UN—21SEP17

6— DEF Fill Neck Cover 7— Clamp

DEF Fill Neck Cover BS40810,0000211 -19-01FEB21-3/5

9. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant lines (9) and vent tube (10). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Remove clamps (11). Install identification tags and disconnect diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) lines (12). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 13— Cap Screw (6 used) 14— Retention Plate 15— DEF Header

TX1244873A —UN—21SEP17

9— Coolant Line (2 used) 10— Vent Tube 11— Clamp (2 used) 12— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line (2 used)

DEF Header Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-7

BS40810,0000211 -19-01FEB21-4/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=171

External Exhaust Systems

11. Remove nuts (16), brackets (17 and 19), and DEF tank (18). 12. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Clean Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. TX1244874A —UN—21SEP17

• Refill DEF tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.)

Specification Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank—Capacity...................................................................... 7.1 L 1.9 gal 16— Nut (4 used) 17— Bracket

18— DEF Tank 19— Bracket

DEF Tank BS40810,0000211 -19-01FEB21-5/5

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install MACHINE PREPARATION 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1227612A —UN—03NOV16

2. Remove diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank (1). See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system hoses. DEF system hoses are fragile and can easily be damaged if proper care is not used. Avoid bending, twisting, or kinking DEF system hoses. IMPORTANT: Prevent leaks from diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank. Rubber gasket between DEF tank header (2) and DEF tank needs to be installed correctly. Install gasket with top side facing up.

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header 1— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank 2— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 1. Remove cap screws (3) and DEF tank header.

3— Cap Screw (6 used)

2. Repair or replace parts as necessary. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-8

TW62213,0000465 -19-21SEP17-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=172

External Exhaust Systems

3. Align DEF tank header recess (4), gasket alignment tab (5), and DEF tank alignment mark (6). Install DEF tank header and cap screws. 4. Install DEF tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 6— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Alignment Mark TX1227613A —UN—03NOV16

4— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Recess 5— Gasket Alignment Tab

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header and Gasket Alignment TW62213,0000465 -19-21SEP17-2/2

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Disassemble and Assemble SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw Torque

3 N·m 27 lb·in

TX1227375A —UN—31OCT16

IMPORTANT: Prevent machine damage and inaccurate readings from diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank concentration sensor. Oils on skin may cause inaccurate readings and set false diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Avoid contacting DEF tank concentration sensor with hands or fingers. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Baffle Remove and Install 1. Remove cap screws (4) and DEF baffle (3). 2. Install new DEF baffle and cap screws. Tighten to specification.

DEF Baffle

Specification Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................3 N·m 27 lb·in

3— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Baffle

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-9

4— Cap Screw (2 used)

TW62213,000041E -19-21SEP17-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=173

External Exhaust Systems Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Header Suction Filter Remove and Install 1. Remove DEF baffle. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Disassemble and Assemble—Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Baffle Remove and Install. 2. Remove retaining clip (2) and suction filter (1). 3. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 4. Install suction filter and retaining clip. 2— Retaining Clip TX1226670A —UN—24OCT16

1— Suction Filter

DEF Suction Filter TW62213,000041E -19-21SEP17-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=174

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cleaning Procedure

12. Fill DEF tank. See Refilling Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.)

Cleaning Procedure—DEF Tank Removed

13. Operate machine and check for leaks.

IMPORTANT: Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank must be fully flushed to prevent machine damage from contaminants. Perform flushing procedure 3 or more times.

Cleaning Procedure—DEF Tank Installed

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove DEF tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 3. Remove DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 3. Drain DEF tank. See Disposal of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Using a garden hose with a twist type spray nozzle, rinse top and sides of DEF tank for approximately 30 seconds.

IMPORTANT: If DEF tank is flushed with a fluid other than distilled water or clean DEF, a final rinse with clean DEF must be performed before installing DEF tank or components.

7. Install DEF tank drain plug.

NOTE: If distilled water is not available, clean DEF can be used.

8. Add approximately 3.8 L (1 gal) of clean, unused DEF to DEF tank to dilute and absorb any residual water.

4. Partially fill DEF tank with clean distilled water.

9. Using a vacuum with a clean length of bulk hose attached, vacuum DEF from DEF tank. Be sure to remove DEF from all corners and low spots.

5. Agitate liquid inside of DEF tank to remove built-up contaminants from bottom of tank. 6. Drain DEF tank through filler neck. See Disposal of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF). (Operator’s Manual.) 7. Repeat steps 4—6 a total of 3 times.

5. Allow tank to drain completely. 6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 a total of 3 times.

10. Replace DEF header suction screen. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0530.) 11. Install DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

8. Thoroughly dry inside of DEF tank. 9. Using distilled water or clean DEF, rinse DEF header assembly and thoroughly dry. 10. Install DEF header. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Header Remove and Install. (Group 0530.) 11. Install DEF tank. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

NOTE: For DEF tank capacity, see 331G Drain and Refill Capacities or see 333G Drain and Refill Capacities. (Operator’s Manual.) 12. Fill DEF tank. See Refilling Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank. (Operator’s Manual.) 13. Operate machine and check for leaks.

NOTE: For DEF tank capacity, see 331G Drain and Refill Capacities or see 333G Drain and Refill Capacities. (Operator’s Manual.) TW62213,0000467 -19-09OCT17-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=175

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove left engine side panel. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.)

TX1224090A —UN—28SEP16

IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 10 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure. 3. Disconnect battery. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Install identification tags and disconnect dosing lines (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 5. Disconnect electrical connector (3). 6. Remove nuts (2), cap screw (5), and DEF dosing unit (4).

DEF Dosing Unit 1— Dosing Line (3 used) 2— Nut (2 used) 3— Electrical Connector

4— DEF Dosing Unit 5— Cap Screw

7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair and replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. BS40810,0000215 -19-25OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=176

External Exhaust Systems

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Injector Remove and Install CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot exhaust components. Allow exhaust components to cool before servicing.

TX1222896A —UN—08SEP16

IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 10 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure. REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove left engine side panel. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Disconnect battery. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Install identification tags and disconnect coolant hoses (1).

DEF Dosing Injector 1— Coolant Hose (2 used) 2— DEF Dosing Injector Line 3— Cap Screw (3 used)

4— Electrical Connector 5— DEF Dosing Injector

5. Disconnect DEF dosing injector line (2) and electrical connector (4).

INSTALLATION

6. Remove cap screws (3) and DEF dosing injector (5).

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. BS40810,0000216 -19-20OCT16-1/1

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Decomposition Tube Remove and Install

unit. See Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Remove and Install. (Group 0530.)

The diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) decomposition tube and selective catalyst reduction (SCR) are serviced as a single BS40810,0000217 -19-20OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-13

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=177

External Exhaust Systems

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0530-14

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=178

Group 0560

External Fuel Supply Systems Drain Fuel Tank Procedure NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to completely remove all fuel and sediment from the fuel tank. 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Drain fuel tank. See Drain Water and Sediment From Fuel Tank. (Operator's Manual.) XJ1281388 —UN—22AUG19

4. Remove right engine side panel. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) 5. Remove cap screws (4). 4— Cap Screw (5 used)

B4—Fuel Level Sensor

Fuel Level Sensor GS11409,00003AE -19-03SEP19-1/2

6. Raise fuel level sensor (B4) from the fuel tank and insert appropriate suction device into fuel tank opening (8).

6— Fuel Tank Cavity 1 7— Fuel Tank Cavity 2

XJ1281389 —UN—12JUL19

7. Operate suction device and remove fuel and sediments from fuel tank cavities (6 and 7). 8— Fuel Tank Opening

Fuel Tank Cavities GS11409,00003AE -19-03SEP19-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0560-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=179

External Fuel Supply Systems

Fuel Tank Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Remove engine. See Engine Remove and Install. (Group 0400.) 2. Remove clamp (3). 3. Remove bracket (2) and set bracket aside. TX1221809A —UN—28SEP16

4. Remove lower brackets (4) and upper brackets (6). 5. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connector (5), ground wires (7), and breather (8). 6. Remove fuel tank (1). 7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION

Fuel Tank

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 5— Electrical Connector 6— Upper Bracket (2 used) 7— Ground Wire (3 used) 8— Breather

TX1221811A —UN—31AUG16

1— Fuel Tank 2— Bracket 3— Clamp 4— Lower Bracket (2 used)

Fuel Tank JL05046,000024D -19-28SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0560-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=180

External Fuel Supply Systems

Auxiliary Fuel Tank Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove cooling package. See Cooling Package Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) TX1223404A —UN—15SEP16

3. Install identification tags and disconnect filler neck (1) and fuel hoses (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Remove cap screws (4), bracket (5), and auxiliary fuel tank (2). 5. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION

Auxiliary Fuel Tank (rear side shown)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Bracket

TX1223405A —UN—15SEP16

1— Filler Neck 2— Auxiliary Fuel Tank 3— Fuel Hose (2 used)

Auxiliary Fuel Tank (front side shown) JL05046,0000252 -19-25OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0560-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=181

External Fuel Supply Systems

Low-Pressure Fuel Pump Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove primary fuel filter and water separator assembly. See Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0560.) 3. Install identification tags and disconnect fuel hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. TX1222950A —UN—12SEP16

4. Disconnect electrical connector (2). 5. Loosen nuts (3) and remove low-pressure fuel pump (Y5501). 6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Low-Pressure Fuel Pump

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

1— Fuel Hose (2 used) 2— Electrical Connector

3— Nut (2 used) Y5501—Low-Pressure Fuel Pump JL05046,000024E -19-25OCT16-1/1

Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Assembly Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove engine side panel on left side of machine. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Install identification tags and disconnect fuel hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Remove clamp (2) and disconnect electrical connector (4). 5. Loosen nuts (3) and remove primary fuel filter and water separator assembly (5). TX1222052A —UN—12SEP16

6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 1— Fuel Hose (2 used) 2— Clamp 3— Nut (2 used)

4— Electrical Connector 5— Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Assembly

Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Assembly JL05046,000024F -19-13SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0560-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=182

External Fuel Supply Systems

Final Fuel Filter Assembly Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove primary fuel filter and water separator assembly. See Primary Fuel Filter and Water Separator Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 0560.) 3. Install identification tags and disconnect fuel hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. TX1222977A —UN—12SEP16

4. Remove cap screws (2) and final fuel filter assembly (3). 5. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Final Fuel Filter Assembly 1— Fuel Hose (4 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

3— Final Fuel Filter Assembly

JL05046,0000250 -19-13SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0560-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=183

External Fuel Supply Systems

Fuel Cooler Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Open engine cover. 3. Remove cap screws (1) and guard (2). TX1223854A —UN—20SEP16

4. Install identification tags and disconnect fuel hoses (3). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 5. Remove cap screws (4) and fuel cooler (5). 6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Fuel Cooler

TX1223855A —UN—20SEP16

1— Cap Screw (5 used) 2— Guard 3— Fuel Hose (2 used)

Fuel Cooler Guard

Fuel Cooler JL05046,0000257 -19-21SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

05-0560-6

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=184

Section 16 Electrical System Contents Page

Group 1600—Removal and Installation Connector Repair Information ................... 16-1600-1 Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install .............................................. 16-1600-1 Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Remove and Install................................ 16-1600-2 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Remove and Install .................... 16-1600-3 Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Remove and Install .............................................. 16-1600-5 Joystick Controller Remove and Install ..................................................... 16-1600-6 Joystick Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 16-1600-8 Left Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Remove and Install...................... 16-1600-9 Right Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Remove and Install.................... 16-1600-10 Control Panel Remove and Install............ 16-1600-10 Backup Alarm Remove and Install............ 16-1600-11 Battery Remove and Install ..................... 16-1600-11 Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install ................................................... 16-1600-12

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 1600

Removal and Installation Connector Repair Information For connector repair information, see Connectors Repair. (CTM704219.) TX,CONNECTOR_REPAIR -19-11FEB20-1/1

Engine Control Unit (ECU) Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Raise the operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)

TX1221212A —UN—18AUG16

IMPORTANT: Prevent electrical component damage. Voltage spikes can damage electrical components. Be sure to disconnect negative (-) battery cable before removing remaining components. IMPORTANT: Do not remove battery leads for at least 10 minutes after engine stops. The selective catalytic reduction (SCR) system automatically purges itself of diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) immediately after the engine is stopped. If adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) can freeze and possibly damage components of the SCR system during cold-weather exposure.

Engine Control Unit (ECU) 1— Cap Screw (4 used) A5500—Engine Control Unit (ECU) W33—Engine Control Unit (ECU) Ground

3. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Disconnect electrical connectors (X5501 and X5502). 5. Remove cap screws (1), engine control unit (ECU) ground (W33), and engine control unit (ECU) (A5500).

rate, software is serial number specific. If installing a new controller or swapping controller for diagnostic purposes, verify that the controller is within the serial number range of 250K baud rate (S.N. —391835) and 500K baud rate (S.N. 391836— ). Installing the incorrect controller based on machine serial number will cause additional machine downtime.

6. Clean and inspect connector pins and sockets for corrosion or damage. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information When connecting electrical connector: 1. Line up connector with ECU. Evenly press connector into ECU mating connector until lever arm moves slightly forward. 2. Push lever arm towards wire bundle to engage connector in ECU mating connector. Primary latch clicks when lever arm moves into locking position. 3. Push red lock towards wire bundle to lock lever arm. IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage and additional downtime. Because of baud

X5501—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 60-Pin Connector 1 X5502—Engine Control Unit (ECU) 94-Pin Connector 2

NOTE: If installing a new ECU, it is necessary to download the latest controller software using Service ADVISOR™ when programming the new ECU. 4. Connect Service ADVISOR™ to machine and program ECU with latest controller software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.) 5. Perform fuel pump calibration. See Fuel Pump Calibration — Instructions. (CTM136419.)

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company MM16284,0002D1A -19-21DEC20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=187

Removal and Installation

Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Raise the operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)

TX1221214A —UN—18AUG16

Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 1— Cap Screw (2 used) A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 1

3. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Disconnect electrical connectors (X44—X46) from hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4). 5. Remove cap screws (1) and HCU.

X45— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 48-Pin Connector 2 X46— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) 32-Pin Connector 3

6. Clean and inspect connector pins and sockets for corrosion or damage. Repair or replace as necessary.

NOTE: If installing a new HCU, it is necessary to download latest controller software using Service ADVISOR™ when programming the new HCU.

INSTALLATION

• Connect Service ADVISOR™ to machine and program HCU with latest controller software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage and additional downtime. Because of baud rate, software is serial number specific. If installing a new controller or swapping controller for diagnostic purposes, verify that the controller is within the serial number range of 250K baud rate (S.N. —391835) and 500K baud rate (S.N. 391836— ). Installing the incorrect controller based on machine serial number will cause additional machine downtime.

If installing a new HCU, the settings and threshold values must be set. Perform the following calibrations whenever the HCU is replaced:

• Calibrate boom and bucket hydraulics. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)

• Calibrate hydrostatic system. See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)

• Calibrate electrohydraulic (EH) foot pedals. See

Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company MM16284,0002D19 -19-21DEC20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=188

Removal and Installation

Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Prevent electrical component damage. Voltage spikes can damage electrical components. Be sure to disconnect negative (-) battery cable before removing remaining components.

2. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.)

TX1221213A —UN—18AUG16

Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 1— Cap Screw (3 used) 2— Bezel

A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU)

3. Remove cap screws (1). Lower engagement and monitor unit (EMU) (A2) and bezel (2). Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-3

MM16284,0002D18 -19-21JAN21-1/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=189

Removal and Installation

4. Disconnect electrical connectors (X41—X43) from EMU (A2). 5. Remove cap screws (3) and EMU from bezel. 6. Inspect all pins and sockets in connectors for corrosion or damage. Repair or replace components as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information TX1221218A —UN—26AUG16

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage and additional downtime. Because of baud rate, software is serial number specific. If installing a new controller or swapping controller for diagnostic purposes, verify that the controller is within the serial number range of 250K baud rate (S.N. —391835) and 500K baud rate (S.N. 391836— ). Installing the incorrect controller based on machine serial number will cause additional machine downtime.

Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) (back side shown)

NOTE: When installing a new EMU, it is necessary to program the controller with the latest software for the machine to enable all equipped options. New EMU display will not illuminate until it has been programmed.

3— Cap Screw (4 used) A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) A9—Rear Camera Display

• Download latest software with Service ADVISOR™. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

Hour Meter Configuration

X41— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 16-Pin Connector 1 X42— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 14-Pin Connector 2 X43— Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 12-Pin Connector 3

4. Engagement and monitor unit displays 0 0 0 0 0. Last digit will be flashing.

When performing a service programming on an existing EMU, the hour meter value will be carried over. A complete EMU replacement will prompt hour meter value to be entered manually. The following procedure is used to transfer the current hour meter value to a new EMU.

NOTE: The ones digit is set first, followed by tens, hundreds, thousands, and ten thousands digits, in that order.

1. Record current hour meter value from original engagement and monitor unit.

5. Using the NEXT and BACK buttons, input existing hour meter value to the nearest full hour (no tenths). a. Press and release NEXT to advance the number displayed (flashing) in the active field. The NEXT button increments current digit and “rolls over” from 9 to 0.

NOTE: The new engagement and monitor unit (EMU) allows 20 hours of initial runtime in which to input existing hour meter value. If the value is not entered during the initial 20 hours of runtime, the EMU hour meter value automatically sets to reflect runtime accumulated since installation of new EMU.

b. Press and release BACK to accept number displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the left.

2. On initial start-up, new engagement and monitor unit displays SELECT TO SET HOURS. NOTE: There is no time-out on the SELECT TO SET HOURS screen. Press SELECT to set the hour meter value or any other button to display engagement and monitor unit normal data items.

c. If an incorrect value is entered and the active field advanced, continue to press and release BACK button until the incorrect value is in the active field. Correct the value using the NEXT button. 6. Once existing hour meter value has been entered, press SELECT to store these values.

3. Press SELECT to set the hour meter value for new engagement and monitor unit. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-4

MM16284,0002D18 -19-21JAN21-2/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=190

Removal and Installation displays HOURMETER SAVED before returning to the normal runtime screen.

7. Engagement and monitor unit display shows VERIFY XXXXX.X HRS (XXXXX.X HRS is the entered hour meter value).

If the displayed value is not correct, press BACK or NEXT to edit the hour meter value.

8. If displayed value is correct, press SELECT to store the value permanently. Engagement and monitor unit Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

MM16284,0002D18 -19-21JAN21-3/3

Dosing Control Unit (DCU) Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Raise the operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)

TX1221211A —UN—18AUG16

Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 1— Cap Screw (5 used) A5600—Dosing Control Unit (DCU)

3. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable. See Removing Battery. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Disconnect electrical connectors (X5601 and X5602). 5. Remove cap screws (1) and dosing control unit (DCU) (A5500).

X5601—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 86 Way Connector X5602—Dosing Control Unit (DCU) 53 Way Connector

purposes, verify that the controller is within the serial number range of 250K baud rate (S.N. —391835) and 500K baud rate (S.N. 391836— ). Installing the incorrect controller based on machine serial number will cause additional machine downtime.

6. Clean and inspect connector pins and sockets for corrosion or damage. Repair or replace components as necessary. INSTALLATION

NOTE: If installing a new DCU, it is necessary to download the latest controller software using Service ADVISOR™ when programming the new DCU.

• Connect Service ADVISOR™ to machine and program DCU with latest controller software. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-15.)

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company MM16284,0002D17 -19-21JAN21-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=191

Removal and Installation

Joystick Controller Remove and Install NOTE: Removal procedure shown for right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). Removal procedure for left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) is similar. REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) TX1221215A —UN—18AUG16

3. Raise operator's station (1). See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) IMPORTANT: Prevent joystick controller wiring damage. Joystick controller will fall when cap screws (2) are removed. Support joystick controller when removing cap screws and nut. 4. Remove cap screws (2). Joystick Cap Screws 1— Operator’s Station

2— Cap Screw (5 used) AB06447,0000C9C -19-14SEP16-1/3

5. Remove cap screws (7) and bezel (8) from right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). A6—Right Joystick Controller (JSR)

TX1210165A —UN—12FEB16

7— Cap Screw (2 used) 8— Bezel

Joystick Controller Bezel Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-6

AB06447,0000C9C -19-14SEP16-2/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=192

Removal and Installation

6. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors (X22 and X23) and connector (if equipped) (X36). 7. Repair or replace joystick controller as necessary. See Joystick Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 9015-20.) INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information TX1210164A —UN—12FEB16

Whenever joystick controller is reprogrammed, the settings and threshold values return back to default settings. Perform the following calibrations whenever the joystick controller is reprogrammed with software:

• Calibrate boom and bucket hydraulics. See Boom and Bucket Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)

• Calibrate hydrostatic system. See Hydrostatic System Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)

• Calibrate auxiliary hydraulics. See Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)

X22— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X23— Right Joystick Controller (JSR) 6-Pin Connector

Joystick Controller Electrical Connectors

X36— Main Harness-to-QuikTatch™ Harness 4-Pin Connector (if equipped)

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company AB06447,0000C9C -19-14SEP16-3/3

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-7

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=193

Removal and Installation

Joystick Disassemble and Assemble

DISASSEMBLE

SPECIFICATIONS Joystick Harness Tie Band Location Measuring Start Point (9) to Tie Band (7) Location Length

160—180 mm 6.3—7.1 in

Tie Band Location (7) to Harness Grommet (11) Length

220—240 mm 8.6—9.4 in

3 2 6 1 4 6 A6

TX1214277 —UN—18APR16

TX1214277 Joystick Disassemble and Assemble 1— Right Boot 2— Right Grip 3— Button (6 used)

4— Left Grip 5— Left Boot 6— Cap Screw (6 used)

A5—Left Joystick Controller A6—Right Joystick Controller

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.)

2. Remove joystick. See Joystick Controller Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)

NOTE: Joystick does not need to be removed to replace button (3). Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-8

AB06447,0000C40 -19-20APR16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=194

Removal and Installation

3. Remove boot (1 or 5) from joystick controller (A5 or A6). 4. Remove tie bands (7 and 8). 5. Remove cap screws (6) and remove grip (2 or 4) from joystick controller (A5 or A6). 6. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. ASSEMBLE Assemble in reverse order of disassemble procedure.

TX1214278A —UN—18APR16

IMPORTANT: Joystick harness must be routed in loop to prevent harness damage and joystick binding. Route harness in an approximate 270° counterclockwise loop and secure as shown.

• Route joystick harness in an approximate 270°

counterclockwise loop per length specifications and install tie bands. Secure and trim tie bands.

Joystick Harness Tie Band Location—Specification Measuring Start Point (9) to Tie Band (7) Location—Length...............................................................160—180 mm 6.3—7.1 in Tie Band Location (7) to Harness Grommet (11)—Length.......................................................................220—240 mm 8.6—9.4 in

Joystick Harness Routing 7— Tie Band 8— Tie Band (2 used) 9— Measuring Start Point

10— Measuring Point at Tie Band (7) 11— Harness Grommet

AB06447,0000C40 -19-20APR16-2/2

Left Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Remove and Install NOTE: Foot pedals are only available on EH machines with hand and foot controls/switchable controls. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1130873A —UN—07FEB13

2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Disconnect electrical connector (1) from left pedal sensor (B11). 4. Remove cap screws (2) and left foot pedal (3). 5. Repair or replace as necessary. 6. Install left foot pedal and cap screws.

Left Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal

7. Connect electrical connector to left pedal sensor. 8. Disengage boom lock and lower boom. See Boom Lock. (Operator’s Manual.)

1— Electrical Connector 2— Cap Screw (4 used)

3— Left Foot Pedal B11— Left Pedal Sensor DS35042,00000B3 -19-15FEB13-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-9

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=195

Removal and Installation

Right Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Remove and Install NOTE: Foot pedals are only available on EH machines with hand and foot controls/switchable controls. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1128515A —UN—05FEB13

2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Disconnect electrical connector (1) from right pedal sensor (B12). 4. Remove cap screws (2) and right foot pedal (3). 5. Repair or replace as necessary. 6. Install right foot pedal and cap screws.

Right Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal

7. Connect electrical connector to right pedal sensor. 8. Disengage boom lock and lower boom. See Boom Lock. (Operator’s Manual.)

1— Electrical Connector 2— Cap Screw (4 used)

3— Right Foot Pedal B12— Right Pedal Sensor DS35042,00000B4 -19-15FEB13-1/1

Control Panel Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Prevent electrical component damage. Voltage spikes can damage electrical components. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable.

TX1210161A —UN—12FEB16

2. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable. See Battery Remove and Install. (Group 1600.) 3. Remove cap screws (1). 4. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors. 5. Remove control panel (2). 6. Repair or replace components as necessary. INSTALLATION

Control Panel (keyless start shown)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 1— Cap Screw (3 used)

2— Control Panel AB06447,0000C41 -19-15MAR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=196

Removal and Installation

Backup Alarm Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Open engine cover. See Opening and Closing Engine Cover. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Install identification tags and disconnect wires from wire terminals (1). 4. Remove cap screws (2) and backup alarm (H1). TX1221210A —UN—18AUG16

5. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 1— Wire Terminal (2 used) 2— Nut (2 used)

H1—Backup Alarm

Backup Alarm AB06447,0000C9D -19-10OCT16-1/1

Battery Remove and Install See Removing Battery. (Operator's Manual.) AB06447,0000C43 -19-04FEB16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=197

Removal and Installation

Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install Wheeled Machine TX1226100A —UN—13OCT16

SPECIFICATIONS 10 N·m 89 lb·in

Cap Screw (3) Torque

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 243® Threadlocker (medium strength)

REMOVAL NOTE: Procedure for left and right motor speed sensor are similar. Left side is shown.

Motor Speed Sensor Connector (left side)

TX1226099A —UN—13OCT16

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supports when blocking machine. 2. For right motor speed sensor, raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.)

Motor Speed Sensor Connector (right side) 1— Motor Speed Sensor 2— Hydrostatic Motor

4. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)

4— Motor Speed Sensor Connector

5. Remove footwell. See Footwell Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Disconnect motor speed sensor connector (4). Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation AB06447,0000C9E -19-01FEB21-1/5

7. For right motor speed sensor, remove access plate (5) from bottom of machine.

TX1041522A —UN—30APR08

5— Access Plate

Motor Speed Sensor Access Plate Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-12

AB06447,0000C9E -19-01FEB21-2/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=198

Removal and Installation

8. Remove cap screws (3) and motor speed sensor (1) from hydrostatic motor (2). 9. Remove O-ring and discard. TX1034311A —UN—10JAN08

10. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Install new O-ring on motor speed sensor. • Apply Loctite® 243® Threadlocker (medium strength)

to cap screws (3). Tighten cap screws to specification. Hydrostatic Motor Speed Sensor (left side)

Specification Cap Screw (3)—Torque.................................................................10 N·m 89 lb·in

Tracked Machine TX1041537A —UN—30APR08

SPECIFICATIONS 10 N·m 89 lb·in

Cap Screw (4) Torque

OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 243® Threadlocker (medium strength)

REMOVAL Hydrostatic Motor Speed Sensor (right side)

NOTE: Procedure for left and right motor speed sensor are similar. Left side is shown. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on a flat, level surface. 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)

1— Motor Speed Sensor 2— Hydrostatic Motor

3— Cap Screw (2 used)

4. Remove footwell to access speed sensor harness connector. See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.)

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation AB06447,0000C9E -19-01FEB21-3/5

5. Disconnect motor speed sensor connector (1) on the inside of the frame. 6. Remove track and rear cover plates. TX1128844A —UN—03JAN13

7. Clean area around motor speed sensor. 8. Remove tie bands securing speed sensor harness and hydraulic hoses to the hydrostatic motor as needed. 1— Motor Speed Sensor Connector

Motor Speed Sensor Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-13

AB06447,0000C9E -19-01FEB21-4/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=199

Removal and Installation

9. Remove cap screw (4) and motor speed sensor (5). 10. Disconnect clamp holding motor speed sensor harness and remove harness. TX1128841A —UN—03JAN13

11. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 12. Repeat procedure for the other side as needed. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Install new O-ring on motor speed sensor. • Apply Loctite® 243® Threadlocker (medium strength)

Motor Speed Sensor

to cap screw (4). Tighten cap screw to specification.

Specification Cap Screw (4)—Torque.................................................................10 N·m 89 lb·in

4— Cap Screw

5— Motor Speed Sensor

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation AB06447,0000C9E -19-01FEB21-5/5

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

16-1600-14

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=200

Section 17 Frame or Supporting Structure Contents Page

Group 1740—Frame Installation Welding on Machine .................................. 17-1740-1 Counterweight Remove and Install ..................................................... 17-1740-2 Raising and Blocking Machine .................. 17-1740-2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

17-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

17-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 1740

Frame Installation Welding on Machine CAUTION: Do not weld or apply heat on any part of a reservoir or tank that has contained oil or fuel. Heat from welding and cutting can cause oil, fuel, or cleaning solution to create gases which are explosive, flammable, or toxic. Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines. CAUTION: Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust. Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch. Complete all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of paint and solvent properly. When sanding or grinding painted surfaces, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator. If using solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating. 1. Remove paint before welding or heating.

• When sanding or grinding paint, avoid breathing the dust.

• Wear an approved respirator. When using solvent or

paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before welding. • Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material from area. • Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

IMPORTANT: Avoid machine damage to diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system. After key switch is switched to OFF position, wait at least 10 minutes before turning battery disconnect switch to OFF position or disconnecting battery cables. During cold-weather exposure, if adequate time is not allowed for lines to be purged, residual DEF can freeze and possibly damage components of the DEF system. IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to electrical system from welding current. Disconnect negative (-) and positive (+) battery cables before welding on machine. 2. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable(s). 3. Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable(s).

4. Cover, protect, or move any wiring harness sections away from welding area. IMPORTANT: Have only a qualified welder perform this job. Connect welder ground clamp close to each weld area so electrical current does not pass through any bearings, articulation joints, or pivot points. Remove or protect all parts that can be damaged by heat or weld splatter. 5. Connect welder ground close to welding point and away from control units. 6. Use one of the following weld processes:

• AWS-E-7018 covered electrode with shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) process.

• AWS-ER-70S-3 wire electrode with gas metal arc welding (GMAW) process.

• AWS-E70T-1 or E71T-1 wire electrode with flux core arc welding (FCAW) process.

Welding Repair of Major Structure—Specification Weld Metal—Tensile Strength...................................................................................482.6 MPa 70 000 psi 4 826 bar Yield Strength .........................................................................413.7 MPa 60 000 psi 4 137 bar Elongation......................................................................................... 22%

IMPORTANT: Avoid insufficient weld penetration. Preheat area that will be repaired to allow better weld penetration. Insufficient weld penetration can lead to further damage. 7. To repair weld metal failure, remove failed weld metal using arc gouging or grinding equipment. Thoroughly clean area to be welded. Preheat structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F). To repair base metal failure remove enough material to allow weld to penetrate to the bottom of crack. Preheat structural assemblies to a minimum of 38°C (100°F). Preheat ground engaging tools (cutting edges, skid shoes, and teeth shanks) to 177°C (350°F). Welding Repair of Major Structure—Specification Structural Assemblies—Preheat Temperature..................................................................................... 38°C 100°F Ground Engaging Tools—Preheat Temperature................................................................................... 177°C 350°F TP97644,000011E -19-04MAR16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

17-1740-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=203

Frame Installation

Counterweight Remove and Install For more information on counterweight removal and installation, see Adding Rear Counterweights. (Operator’s Manual.) AB06447,0000C97 -19-19AUG16-1/1

Raising and Blocking Machine SPECIFICATIONS 331G Operating Weight (approximate)

5448 kg 12 000 lb

333G Operating Weight (approximate)

5493 kg 12 100 lb

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1128514A —UN—19DEC12

2. Raise boom and engage boom lock, see Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 3. Stop engine and relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

Front of Machine (boom raised for clarity)

TX1124867 —UN—29OCT12

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 4. Place appropriate lifting device under front center of machine base and raise machine. Specification 331G—Operating Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 5448 kg 12 000 lb 333G—Operating Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 5493 kg 12 100 lb

Rear of Machine (blocked)

5. Place blocks or stands under front corners (1) of machine base. 6. Lower machine on blocks or stands. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Place appropriate lifting device under rear center of machine base and raise machine.

1— Front Corner

333G—Operating Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 5493 kg 12 100 lb

8. Place blocks or stands under rear corners (2) of machine base. CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Make sure that machine is stable after blocking.

Specification 331G—Operating Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 5448 kg 12 000 lb

2— Rear Corner

9. Lower machine on blocks or stands. GS11409,000011D -19-28NOV16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

17-1740-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=204

Contents

Section 18 Operator's Station

Page

Group 1800—Removal and Installation Operator's Station Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1800-1 Group 1810—Operator Enclosure Cab Door Remove and Install ................... 18-1810-1 Top Window Remove and Install ............... 18-1810-1 Rear Window Remove and Install.............. 18-1810-1 Side Window Remove and Install.............. 18-1810-2 Wiper Arm Installation ............................... 18-1810-3 Group 1821—Seat and Seat Belt Seat Remove and Install ........................... 18-1821-1 Seat Belt Remove and Install .................... 18-1821-1 Interlocking Seat Bar Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1821-2 Seat Air Spring Remove and Install ..................................................... 18-1821-3 Group 1830—Heating and Air Conditioning R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling..................................... 18-1830-1 R134a Refrigerant Oil Information.............. 18-1830-2 R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure............................ 18-1830-3 Recover R134a Refrigerant....................... 18-1830-4 Flush and Purge Air Conditioner System................................................... 18-1830-5 Evacuate R134a System ........................... 18-1830-9 Charge R134a System ............................ 18-1830-10 Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install.............................. 18-1830-11 Expansion Valve Remove and Install ................................................... 18-1830-12 Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install ................................................... 18-1830-13 Condenser Remove and Install ............... 18-1830-14 Air Conditioner and Heater Remove and Install ............................................ 18-1830-15 Blower Fan Remove and Install............... 18-1830-16 Evaporator or Heater Core Remove and Install ............................................ 18-1830-17

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 1800

Removal and Installation Operator's Station Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Enclosed Cab Weight (approximate)

236 kg 520 lb

Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS) Weight (approximate)

166 kg 366 lb

TX1225509A —UN—10OCT16

NOTE: Operator’s station remove and install procedure is similar for either enclosed cab or Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS). Enclosed cab is shown. REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) Lifting Points

2. Raise operator’s station (2). See Raising Operator’s Station. (Operator's Manual.) 1— Lifting Point (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 3. Attach appropriate lifting device to lifting points (1). Specification Enclosed Cab—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 236 kg 520 lb

2— Operator’s Station

Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS)—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 166 kg 366 lb

MM16284,0002D2A -19-01FEB21-1/2

TX1225508A —UN—10OCT16

NOTE: Machine configuration, factory kits, and field installed kits denote the number of electrical connections, harnesses, and cables. Location of connectors can vary with machine configurations. Identification tags should be installed to assist on the installation of the operator’s station. 4. Remove cap screw (3) and antenna (4). 5. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors (X1 and X2). Install identification tags and disconnect all other electrical connectors, harnesses, and cables. Operator’s Station

CAUTION: Prevent crushing injury from unexpected cab movement. Replace gas spring cylinder (6) if cylinder is cracked or damaged or if operator’s station is difficult to lift. Never attempt to repair a damaged gas spring cylinder.

2— Operator’s Station 3— Cap Screw 4— Antenna 5— Cap Screw (2 used)

6. Remove gas spring cylinders (6). 7. Remove cap screws (5) and slowly lift the operator’s station and verify that all electrical connectors, harnesses, and cables are disconnected. 8. Clean and inspect components. Repair or replace components as necessary.

6— Gas Spring Cylinder (2 used) X1— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 14-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness-to-Right Main Harness 47-Pin Connector

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. MM16284,0002D2A -19-01FEB21-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1800-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=207

Removal and Installation

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1800-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=208

Group 1810

Operator Enclosure Cab Door Remove and Install For more information, see Cab Door—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) NM95233,00008DF -19-10OCT16-1/1

Top Window Remove and Install For more information, see Top Window. (Operator’s Manual.) NM95233,00008E0 -19-10OCT16-1/1

Rear Window Remove and Install 1. Remove rear window by pushing on bottom corner (1), near the window instruction label (2) to force window out of window seal. 2. Repair or replace window and seal parts as necessary. 2— Window Instruction Label TX1135493A —UN—25APR13

1— Bottom Corner

Rear Window (inside cab) BS40810,00001C6 -19-02FEB16-1/2

3. Install groove (5) of seal (6) to rear window frame opening on operator's station. 4. If replacing with new seal, cut seal to fit opening.

5. Spray window groove (3) of seal with soapy water.

6. Install window into groove of seal with installation tool. 7. Wipe excess water from seal and window.

6— Seal 7— Window

TX1069889 —UN—20JAN10

3— Window Groove 4— Seam 5— Grove

Rear Window Seal BS40810,00001C6 -19-02FEB16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1810-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=209

Operator Enclosure

Side Window Remove and Install Left and right side window remove and install procedures are similar. Right side procedure is shown. REMOVAL IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to side windows. Handle side windows safely. When removing side windows, be aware windows are breakable. Store in a safe area after removal.

TX1226027A —UN—17OCT16

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Remove interlocking seat bar. See Interlocking Seat Bar Remove and Install. (Group 1821.) 4. Remove cap screws (1) and handle (14). 5. Remove lock nuts (2) and right side window retainer (3). 6. Repeat process on opposite side of machine if necessary. Store both window sections in a safe area.

Window Retainer (right side) 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Lock Nut (4 used)

3— Right Side Window Retainer 14— Handle NM95233,00008E1 -19-28FEB18-1/2

7. Remove screws (5) and glass retainer (6).

8. Slide rear window section (11) forward to center of window frame (13). Lift and pull bottom edge out towards operator. Remove rear window section.

9. Slide front window section (10) back to center of window frame. Lift and pull bottom edge out towards operator. Remove front window section.

10. Remove screws (5) and latches (7).

5 7

12. Remove bottom window section (12).

13. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary.

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 4— Screw (2 used) 5— Screw (4 used) 6— Glass Retainer 7— Latch (2 used) 8— Screw (2 used)

9 12

9— Glass Retainer 10— Front Window Section 11— Rear Window Section 12— Bottom Window Section 13— Window Frame

8 TX1226030 —UN—14OCT16

11. Remove screws (8) and glass retainer (9).

Right Side Window

NM95233,00008E1 -19-28FEB18-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1810-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=210

Operator Enclosure

Wiper Arm Installation Use the following procedure when installing or reinstalling a wiper arm.

TX1271802A —UN—23JAN19

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to wiper arm resulting from slippage against wiper shaft spline (41) during operation. Metal chips and debris accumulated in the wiper shaft spline can cause the wiper shaft (40) to slip in the wiper arm. Clear wiper shaft spline and wiper arm mounting hole of metal chips or debris before installing wiper arm. 1. Inspect wiper shaft spline (41) and wiper arm mounting hole for metal chips or debris. Clean metal chips or debris from wiper shaft spline and wiper arm mounting hole with wire brush if necessary. 2. Install wiper arm and wiper arm retaining nut. Tighten wiper arm retaining nut to specification. Wait 30 minutes and tighten to specification again.

Cleaning Wiper Shaft Spline 40— Wiper Shaft

41— Wiper Shaft Spline

Specification Wiper Arm Retaining Nut—Torque..................................................................................15 N·m 133 lb·in OUT1736,0000094 -19-05FEB19-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1810-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=211

Operator Enclosure

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1810-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=212

Group 1821

Seat and Seat Belt Seat Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Seat Weight (approximate)

23 kg 50 lb

REMOVAL NOTE: Deluxe seat remove and install procedure shown. Procedure for all seat options is similar.

TX1213326A —UN—28MAR16

NOTE: It is not necessary to remove seat to replace seat switch. Remove spring locking pins and raise seat cushion. 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove seat belt from seat. See Seat Belt Remove and Install. (Group 1821.) 3. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator’s Station. (Operator’s Manual.)

Seat Mounting Nuts

4. Remove seat mounting nuts (1). 1— Seat Mounting Nut (4 used) AW70195,000182A -19-11APR16-1/2

5. Slide seat forward. Depending on seat option, install identification tag and disconnect either seat switch connector (if equipped) (S4) or air seat switch connector (if equipped) (S39). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 6. Secure seat using appropriate lifting device and remove from machine.

TX1213327A —UN—28MAR16

Specification Seat—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 50 lb

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. S4— Seat Switch Connector (if equipped)

S39— Air Seat Switch Connector (if equipped) Electrical Connectors (deluxe seat shown)

AW70195,000182A -19-11APR16-2/2

Seat Belt Remove and Install See Replacing Seat Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) BS40810,00001C9 -19-08FEB16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1821-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=213

Seat and Seat Belt

Interlocking Seat Bar Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Anchor Nut (3) Torque

87 N·m 64 lb·ft

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove rear corner post trim clips (1) and rear corner trim (2) from both sides.

TX1213596A —UN—04APR16

3. Install identification tag and disconnect interlocking seat bar switch connector (S5). NOTE: To aid in removal, place tape on the outside of the operator’s station over each carriage bolt head. 4. Remove anchor nuts (3) on both sides of interlocking seat bar mounting bracket. 5. Remove interlocking seat bar from machine. INSTALLATION

Interlocking Seat Bar (left side shown)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 1— Trim Clip (2 used) 2— Rear Corner Trim (2 used)

• Tighten anchor nuts (3) to specification. Specification Anchor Nut (3)—Torque................................................................87 N·m 64 lb·ft

3— Anchor Nut (4 used) S5— Interlocking Seat Bar Switch Connector

AW70195,000182B -19-11SEP20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1821-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=214

Seat and Seat Belt

Seat Air Spring Remove and Install

1. Lower seat to lowest position to vent air from air spring. 2. Remove seat from machine. See Seat Remove and Install. (Group 1821.)

SPECIFICATIONS Mounting Plate M8 x 20 Countersunk Head Screw Torque

6 N·m 53 lb.-in.

Scissor Frame M8 x 20 Countersunk Head Screw Torque

6 N·m 53 lb.-in.

Seat Base M8 x 20 Countersunk Head Screw Torque

25 N·m 221 lb.-in.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected backrest frame movement. When backrest cushion has been removed, the backrest frame must be supported before the backrest adjustment handle is operated.

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from unexpected seat movement. Lower seat to lowest position before performing repair work.

3. Remove backrest cushion. Support backrest before removing seat cushion. 4. Remove seat cushion.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from pressure in pneumatic system. Vent air from air spring before performing repair work.

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1821-3

AB06447,0000ACC -19-17JUN13-1/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=215

TX1136101A —UN—08MAY13

Seat and Seat Belt

Seat Assembly 4— Socket Head Screw (2 used) 5— Backrest Frame 6— Seat Base Assembly

7— TORX® Head Screw (2 used)

5. Remove plastic fasteners from top of boot (18). 6. Push boot down and secure to lower part of seat suspension.

8— Swivel Mount (2 used) 9— Bracket 10— Strap (2 used) 18— Boot

19— Backrest Adjustment Handle

7. Remove weight indicator linkage rod from lower part of suspension. 8. On machines with short straps (10), remove socket head screws (4) and bracket (9).

TORX is a trademark of Camcar/Textron Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1821-4

AB06447,0000ACC -19-17JUN13-2/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=216

Seat and Seat Belt

7 7 6

3 10

10 3

3 17

1 16

TX1136106 —UN—08MAY13

2 TX1136106 Air Spring Assembly 1— Air Spring 2— Countersunk Head Screw (2 used) 3— Rivet (4 used) 6— Seat Base Assembly

7— TORX® Head Screw (2 used) 8— Swivel Mount (2 used)

9. Remove TORX® head screws (7). 10. Tilt seat base assembly (6) with backrest frame (5) backwards and lay assembly on floor.

10— Strap (2 used) 13— Scissor Frame Assembly 14— Mounting Plate 15— Air Hose

16— Quick Coupler (2 used) 17— Air Hose

11. Remove countersunk head screw (2) from scissor frame assembly (13).

TORX is a trademark of Camcar/Textron Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1821-5

AB06447,0000ACC -19-17JUN13-3/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=217

Seat and Seat Belt

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to air hose. Fully depress outer ring of quick coupler (16) on air spring (1) to release air hoses (15 and 17). NOTE: To aid in removal of compressed air hose (17) from air spring (1), disconnect hose from compressor bracket (12) and housing (11) (see arrows on illustration).

12. Install identification tags and disconnect air hoses (15 and 17) from air spring (1).

15. Remove countersunk head screw (2) and mounting plate from air spring.

1— Air Spring 3— Rivet (4 used) 11— Housing 12— Compressor Bracket

16. Clean and inspect air spring assembly components. Repair or replace as necessary.

17. Inspect air hoses (15 and 17) for damage (scoring) prior to connection. If hose end is damaged, remove damaged end of hose 5 mm (0.25 in.) with sharp knife. This procedure can be done only once. Mark hose after performing procedure. 18. Clean all bushings, rollers, and pivots. Lubricate with multi-purpose grease. NOTE: Tab on air spring must snap into hole on mounting plate (see arrow on illustration). 19. Install mounting plate onto air spring (1) using countersunk screw. Tighten to specification. Specification Mounting Plate M8 x 20 Countersunk Head Screw—Torque................................................................................6 N·m 53 lb.-in.

20. Install mounting plate and air spring onto seat base assembly (6) using rivets (3).

3 16 1 Air Hose Installation

14. Remove air spring mounting plate (14) and air spring.

IMPORTANT: Avoid air spring malfunction. Remove and install air hoses (15 and 17) no more than two times. Hose connections may leak causing air spring malfunction.

13. Remove rivets (3) from seat base assembly (6).

TX1111725 —UN—05APR12

15— Air Hose 16— Quick Coupler (2 used) 17— Air Hose

Specification Scissor Frame M8 x 20 Countersunk Head Screw—Torque................................................................................6 N·m 53 lb.-in.

23. Tilt seat base assembly (6) with backrest frame (5) to operating position. 24. Install TORX® head screws (7). NOTE: Depressions on bracket must face up with straps installed in depressions. 25. On machines with short straps (10), slide straps onto bracket (9) and install onto seat base assembly (6) using socket head screws (4). Tighten screws to specification. Specification Seat Base M8 x 20 Countersunk Head Screw—Torque..............................................................................25 N·m 221 lb.-in.

26. Install weight indicator linkage rod onto lower part of suspension. 27. Install boot (18) using plastic fasteners. 28. Install backrest cushion and seat cushion.

NOTE: Air hoses are locked automatically upon connection.

29. Install seat in machine. See Seat Remove and Install. (Group 1821.)

21. Connect air hoses (15 and 17) onto air spring. 22. Install air spring onto scissor frame assembly (13) using countersunk head screw. Tighten to specification. TORX is a trademark of Camcar/Textron

AB06447,0000ACC -19-17JUN13-4/4

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1821-6

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=218

Group 1830

Heating and Air Conditioning R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling

If skin freezes to container, pour COOL water over container to free the skin. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Refrigerant Identifier

CAUTION: DO NOT allow liquid refrigerant to contact eyes or skin. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. If liquid refrigerant contacts eyes or skin, DO NOT rub the area. Splash large amounts of COOL water on affected area. Go to a physician or hospital immediately for treatment.

IMPORTANT: To meet government standards relating to the use of refrigerants, R134a is used in the air conditioning system. Because it does not contain chlorine, R134a is not detrimental to the ozone in the atmosphere. However, it is illegal to discharge any refrigerant into the atmosphere. It must be recovered using the appropriate recovery stations. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerants, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.

DO NOT allow refrigerant to contact open flames or very hot surfaces such as electric welding arc, electric heating element, and lighted smoking materials.

Use only John Deere approved R134a refrigerant products. Mixing of products not compatible will cause system damage and contaminate recovery, recycling, and charging station equipment. Care must be taken to identify and use equipment, refrigerant oil, and refrigerant designed only for R134a refrigerant systems. Refrigerant should be tested for type and purity before recovery, recycling, or charging of system. Refrigerant identifier should be used before any testing or repair to system is performed.

DO NOT heat refrigerant over 52°C (125°F) in a closed container. Heated refrigerant will develop high pressure which can burst the container. Keep refrigerant containers away from heat sources. Store refrigerant in a cool place. DO NOT handle damp refrigerant container with bare hands. Skin may freeze to container. Wear gloves.

AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-1/2

Refrigerant Identifier

Used to safely and correctly identify type and check purity of refrigerant prior to recovery, recycling, and charging of air conditioning systems. AS79221,00005A0 -19-03MAR16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=219

Heating and Air Conditioning

R134a Refrigerant Oil Information

b. Remove and discard receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

SPECIFICATIONS Compressor Oil Volume

160 mL 5.41 fl oz

System Oil Volume

205.54 mL 6.95 fl oz

c. Remove and clean, but do not disassemble, expansion valve. See Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) d. Flush complete system, if needed. See Flush and Purge Air Conditioner System. (Group 1830.)

OTHER MATERIAL TY22101 U.S. Low Viscosity (ISO 40) R134a Polyalkylene Glycol (PAG) Compressor Oil

e. If compressor is serviceable, pour flushing solvent in manifold ports and internally wash out old oil.

If installing a new compressor, make sure oil level is visible through suction port. Oil level is normally below drive shaft.

f. Install expansion valve. See Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

Normal operating oil level of compressor removed from operation cannot be seen through suction port of compressor.

g. Install new receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

Compressors can be divided into three categories when determining correct oil charge for system:

• New compressor • Used compressor removed from operation • Compressor internally washed with flushing solvent

6. Install compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system damage. Do not add any more oil than required or maximum cooling is reduced. Do not leave system or R134a compressor oil containers open. Refrigerant oil easily absorbs moisture. Do not spill R134a compressor oil on acrylic or ABS plastic. This oil deteriorates these materials rapidly. Identify R134a oil containers and measures to eliminate accidental mixing of different oils.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. All new compressors are charged with a mixture of nitrogen, R134a refrigerant, and R134a refrigerant oil. Wear safety goggles and discharge compressor slowly. 1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 3. Remove and repair or replace compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 4. Drain oil into graduated container while rotating compressor shaft if a new compressor is required. 5. Record measured oil and discard oil properly. If oil drained from a compressor removed from operation is black or amount of oil is less than specification, perform the following: Specification Compressor Oil—Volume................................................................................. 160 mL 5.41 fl oz

7. Add required amount of TY22101 U.S. Low Viscosity (ISO 40) R134a Polyalkylene Glycol (PAG) Compressor Oil. If any section of hose is removed and flushed or replaced, measure length of hose and use formula 3 mL per 30 cm (0.1 fl oz per ft) to determine correct amount of oil to be added. Specification Compressor Oil—Volume................................................................................. 160 mL 5.41 fl oz System Oil—Volume............................................................... 205.54 mL 6.95 fl oz

8. Connect all components. 9. Evacuate air conditioning system. See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.) 10. Charge R134a air conditioning system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

a. Determine if R134a leakage was detected. See R134a Refrigerant Leak Test. (Group 9031-25.) NM95233,00008B4 -19-07DEC18-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=220

Heating and Air Conditioning

R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure

NOTE: Anytime air conditioning system is discharged, a new receiver-dryer (S.N. —366357) must be installed or a new desiccant bag (S.N. 366358— ) installed.

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.

2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

TX1153908 —UN—18FEB14

1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See R134a Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.)

CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge. Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station (air conditioner compressor installation shown)

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible air conditioning system contamination. Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.

1— Cap (2 used) 2— Low Side Pressure (blue) Hose 3— High Side Pressure (red) Hose

3. Close both high and low-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station (5). NOTE: Refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station can be installed to the air conditioner compressor or to the high and low-pressure diagnostic ports. For location of these components, see Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) 4. Remove caps (1) from test ports.

4— Air Conditioner Compressor 5— Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station

5. Connect low side pressure (blue) hose (2) from refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station to the low-pressure test port. 6. Connect high side pressure (red) hose (3) to the high-pressure test port. 7. Follow manufacturer’s instructions when using refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. AW70195,0001820 -19-15JAN20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=221

Heating and Air Conditioning

Recover R134a Refrigerant 1

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

JT02167A Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument

NOTE: Anytime air conditioning system is discharged, a new receiver-dryer (S.N. —366357) must be installed or a new desiccant bag (S.N. 366358— ) installed.

Do not remove high-pressure relief valve (6). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury.

IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils.

TX1133201 —UN—18MAR13

CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.

1. With engine off identify refrigerant type using JT02167A Prism Pro Refrigerant Identification Instrument. NOTE: Refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station can be installed to the air conditioner compressor or to the high and low-pressure diagnostic ports. For location of these components, see Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) 2. Connect refrigerant recovery system. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)

R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station (air conditioner compressor installation shown) 1— Low-Pressure Line 2— Low-Pressure Diagnostic Port 3— High-Pressure Diagnostic Port 4— High-Pressure Line

5— R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station 6— High-Pressure Relief Valve 7— High-Pressure (red) Hose 8— Low-Pressure (blue) Hose

3. Follow manufacturer’s instructions when using refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. AB06447,0000AD1 -19-15JAN20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=222

Heating and Air Conditioning

Flush and Purge Air Conditioner System

1. Pour TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner into suction port and discharge port. Plug both ports in compressor manifold.

Flush and Purge Air Conditioner System (S.N. —366357)

Flushing Solvent (suction port) Volume

240 mL 8 fl oz

Flushing Solvent (discharge port) Volume

120 mL 4 fl oz

Condenser and Evaporator Flushing Solvent Volume

480 mL 16 fl oz

Specification Flushing Solvent (suction port) Volume—Volume................................................................. 240 mL 8 fl oz Flushing Solvent (discharge port) Volume—Volume.......................................................................... 120 mL 4 fl oz

Air Pressure Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)

620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

2. Turn air conditioner compressor end-for-end and then roll air conditioner compressor side-to-side.

SPECIFICATIONS

3. Remove both plugs from manifold ports and drain solvent from air conditioner compressor.

ESSENTIAL TOOLS TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner

Procedure Set-Up

4. Connect battery power and ground to engage the air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid. Rotate pulley at least 5 revolutions to remove cooling system cleaner out of cylinders.

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

5. Invert air conditioner compressor and roll end-for-end and side-to-side. Drain thoroughly.

JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher

6. Repeat previous two steps at least 3 times.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.

Condenser Flush and Purge

2. Handle refrigerant carefully. See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 3. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to flush through receiver-dryer. Flushing solution may not be completely removed from component and could cause system malfunction.

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage in case of a catastrophic compressor malfunction do not attempt to clean or flush the system. Replace the compressor, condenser, and expansion valve. All lines may be flushed and reused. If the compressor has not had a catastrophic malfunction, perform the following condenser cleaning procedure. NOTE: The condenser is a parallel flow style, and should be flushed to remove polyalkylene glycol (PAG) compressor oil only. The condenser should not be flush if contaminated with debris and should be replaced.

4. Remove air conditioner compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

1. Add TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner. Connect JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher outlet hose to the inlet end of air conditioner compressor discharge line using appropriate adapter.

NOTE: A new receiver-dryer must be installed if the system has been open to environment for a long period of time or contaminated with debris. 5. Remove receiver-dryer. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) Compressor Cleaning IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage in case of a catastrophic compressor malfunction do not attempt to clean or flush the system. Replace the compressor, condenser, and expansion valve. All lines may be flushed and reused. If the compressor has not had a catastrophic malfunction, perform the following compressor cleaning procedure.

Specification Condenser and Evaporator Flushing Solvent Volume—Volume.......................................................................... 480 mL 16 oz

2. Attach return hose and aerator nozzle to the end of receiver-dryer inlet hose using appropriate adapter. Put nozzle in container to collect cooling system cleaner.

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-5

AW70195,0001821 -19-17FEB20-1/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=223

Heating and Air Conditioning

3. Open air valve to force cooling system cleaner into the condenser circuit. Air pressure must be at least to specification for flushing and purging.

5. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to check circuit for cooling system cleaner. Hold hose close to a piece of cardboard and continue purging until cardboard is dry.

Specification Air Pressure—Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

Procedure Wrap-Up

NOTE: Purging condenser circuit takes 10—12 minutes to thoroughly remove solvent.

1. Install new receiver-dryer if needed. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

4. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to a check circuit for cooling system cleaner. Hold hose close to piece of cardboard and continue purging until cardboard is dry.

2. Add required oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil Information. (Group 1830.)

5. Dispose of cooling system cleaner properly.

6. Install expansion valve (TXV), see Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 7. Dispose of cooling system cleaner properly.

3. Install air conditioner compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 4. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

Evaporator Flush and Purge IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage in case of a catastrophic compressor malfunction do not attempt to clean or flush the system. Replace the compressor, condenser, and expansion valve. All lines may be flushed and reused. If the compressor has not had a catastrophic malfunction, perform the following evaporator cleaning procedure. 1. Remove expansion valve (TXV), see Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 2. Add TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner. Connect JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher outlet hose to the evaporator core where the expansion valve (TXV) connects using appropriate adapter

Flush and Purge Air Conditioner System (S.N. 366358— ) SPECIFICATIONS Flushing Solvent (suction port) Volume

240 mL 8 fl oz

Flushing Solvent (discharge port) Volume

120 mL 4 fl oz

Condenser and Evaporator Flushing Solvent Volume

480 mL 16 fl oz

Air Pressure Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)

620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

ESSENTIAL TOOLS TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner

Specification Condenser and Evaporator Flushing Solvent Volume—Volume.......................................................................... 480 mL 16 oz

JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher

Procedure Set-Up 1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

3. Attach hose and aerator nozzle to the air conditioner compressor inlet line using appropriate adapter. Put nozzle in container to collect cooling system cleaner.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing.

4. Open air valve to force cooling system cleaner into the evaporator circuit. Air pressure must be at least to specification for flushing and purging.

2. Handle refrigerant carefully. See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.)

Specification Air Pressure—Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

3. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to flush through receiver-dryer. Flushing solution may not be completely removed from component and could cause system malfunction.

NOTE: Purging evaporator circuit takes 10—12 minutes to thoroughly remove solvent. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-6

AW70195,0001821 -19-17FEB20-2/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=224

Heating and Air Conditioning should not be flush if contaminated with debris and should be replaced.

4. Remove air conditioner compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.)

1. Add TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner. Connect JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher outlet hose to the inlet end of air conditioner compressor discharge line using appropriate adapter.

NOTE: A new desiccant bag must be installed if the system has been open to environment for a long period of time or contaminated with debris. 5. Remove desiccant bag. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) Compressor Cleaning IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage in case of a catastrophic compressor malfunction do not attempt to clean or flush the system. Replace the compressor, condenser, and expansion valve. All lines may be flushed and reused. If the compressor has not had a catastrophic malfunction, perform the following compressor cleaning procedure. 1. Pour TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner into suction port and discharge port. Plug both ports in compressor manifold. Specification Flushing Solvent (suction port) Volume—Volume................................................................. 240 mL 8 fl oz Flushing Solvent (discharge port) Volume—Volume.......................................................................... 120 mL 4 fl oz

2. Turn air conditioner compressor end-for-end and then roll air conditioner compressor side-to-side.

2. Attach return hose and aerator nozzle to the end of receiver-dryer inlet hose using appropriate adapter. Put nozzle in container to collect cooling system cleaner. 3. Open air valve to force cooling system cleaner into the condenser circuit. Air pressure must be at least to specification for flushing and purging. Specification Air Pressure—Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

NOTE: Purging condenser circuit takes 10—12 minutes to thoroughly remove solvent. 4. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to a check circuit for cooling system cleaner. Hold hose close to piece of cardboard and continue purging until cardboard is dry. 5. Dispose of cooling system cleaner properly.

3. Remove both plugs from manifold ports and drain solvent from air conditioner compressor.

Evaporator Flush and Purge

4. Connect battery power and ground to engage the air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid. Rotate pulley at least 5 revolutions to remove cooling system cleaner out of cylinders. 5. Invert air conditioner compressor and roll end-for-end and side-to-side. Drain thoroughly. 6. Repeat previous two steps at least 3 times. Condenser Flush and Purge IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage in case of a catastrophic compressor malfunction do not attempt to clean or flush the system. Replace the compressor, condenser, and expansion valve. All lines may be flushed and reused. If the compressor has not had a catastrophic malfunction, perform the following condenser cleaning procedure. NOTE: The condenser is a parallel flow style, and should be flushed to remove polyalkylene glycol (PAG) compressor oil only. The condenser

Specification Condenser and Evaporator Flushing Solvent Volume—Volume.......................................................................... 480 mL 16 oz

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage in case of a catastrophic compressor malfunction do not attempt to clean or flush the system. Replace the compressor, condenser, and expansion valve. All lines may be flushed and reused. If the compressor has not had a catastrophic malfunction, perform the following evaporator cleaning procedure. 1. Remove expansion valve (TXV), see Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 2. Add TY25601 Cooling System Cleaner. Connect JT02075 Air Conditioner Flusher outlet hose to the evaporator core where the expansion valve (TXV) connects using appropriate adapter. Specification Condenser and Evaporator Flushing Solvent Volume—Volume.......................................................................... 480 mL 16 oz

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-7

AW70195,0001821 -19-17FEB20-3/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=225

Heating and Air Conditioning

3. Attach hose and aerator nozzle to the air conditioner compressor inlet line using appropriate adapter. Put nozzle in container to collect cooling system cleaner. 4. Open air valve to force cooling system cleaner into the evaporator circuit. Air pressure must be at least to specification for flushing and purging. Specification Air Pressure—Minimum Pressure (for flushing and purging)....................................................................................... 620 kPa 6.2 bar 90 psi

NOTE: Purging evaporator circuit takes 10—12 minutes to thoroughly remove solvent.

6. Install expansion valve (TXV), see Expansion Valve Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 7. Dispose of cooling system cleaner properly. Procedure Wrap-Up 1. Install new desiccant bag in receiver-dryer if needed. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 2. Add required oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil Information. (Group 1830.) 3. Install air conditioner compressor. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 4. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

5. Disconnect hose from aeration nozzle to a check circuit for cooling system cleaner. Hold hose close to piece of cardboard and continue purging until cardboard is dry. AW70195,0001821 -19-17FEB20-4/4

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=226

Heating and Air Conditioning

Evacuate R134a System 1

SPECIFICATIONS

Vacuum Pressure at Sea Level

98 kPa 980 mbar 29 in Hg

Vacuum Pressure Above Sea Level

Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation above sea level

3.4 kPa 34 mbar 1 in Hg

NOTE: Anytime air conditioning system is discharged, a new receiver-dryer (S.N. —366357) must be installed or a new desiccant bag (S.N. 366358— ) installed.

TX1133201 —UN—18MAR13

Evacuate System Vacuum

CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve (6). Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly causing possible injury.

IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils. Do not run compressor while evacuating. NOTE: Refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station can be installed to the air conditioner compressor or to the high and low-pressure diagnostic ports. For location of these components, see Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.)

5— R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station 6— High-Pressure Relief Valve 7— High-Pressure (red) Hose 8— Low-Pressure (blue) Hose

If above specification vacuum cannot be obtained in 15 minutes, test system for leaks.

• For wheeled machines, see Refrigerant Leak Testing. (Group 9031-25.)

• For tracked machines, see Refrigerant Leak Testing. (Group 9031-25.)

1. Connect refrigerant recovery system. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.)

NOTE: The vacuum specifications listed are for sea level conditions. Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in. Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level.

Specification Vacuum—Pressure at Sea Level...................................................................................... 98 kPa 980 mbar 29 in Hg Vacuum—Pressure Above Sea Level......................... Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation above sea level

4. Evacuate system until low-pressure gauge registers specified vacuum.

5. When vacuum reaches specified level, close low and high-pressure valves. Turn off vacuum pump.

2. Open low and high-pressure valves on refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. 3. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and evacuate system.

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-9

AB06447,0000AD2 -19-17JAN20-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=227

Heating and Air Conditioning

6. If vacuum decreases more than specified amount in 5 minutes, there is a leak in the system. Specification Evacuate System—Vacuum......................................................................... 3.4 kPa 34 mbar 1 in Hg

9. Open low and high-pressure valves. 10. Evacuate system for 30 minutes after initial specified vacuum is reached. 11. Close low and high-pressure valves. Stop evacuation. 12. Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

7. Repair leak. 8. Start to evacuate. AB06447,0000AD2 -19-17JAN20-2/2

Charge R134a System SPECIFICATIONS Evacuate System Vacuum

Air Conditioning System Refrigerant Charge Weight

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. 1. Handle refrigerant carefully. See Refrigerant Cautions and Proper Handling. (Group 1830.) 2. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) IMPORTANT: Use correct refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging stations. Do not mix refrigerant, hoses, fittings, components, or refrigerant oils. CAUTION: Avoid possible injury from air conditioning system refrigerant. Do not remove high-pressure relief valve. Air conditioning system will discharge rapidly.

3. Connect refrigerant recovery, recycling, and charging station. See R134a Refrigerant Recovery, Recycling, and Charging Station Installation Procedure. (Group 1830.) 4. Evacuate system. See Evacuate R134a System. (Group 1830.) NOTE: Before beginning to charge air conditioning system, the following conditions must exist: Engine STOPPED, the pump must be capable of pulling at least 28.6 in Hg vacuum (sea level). Subtract 3.4 kPa (34 mbar) (1 in Hg) from 98 kPa (980 mbar) (29 in Hg) for each 300 m (1000 ft) elevation above sea level. Specification Evacuate System—Vacuum........................ Subtract 3.4 kPa from 98 kPa for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 34 mbar from 980 mbar for each 300 m elevation above sea level Subtract 1 in Hg from 29 in Hg for each 1000 ft elevation above sea level

5. Follow manufacturer’s instructions and charge system. 6. Add refrigerant until system is charged to specification. Specification Air Conditioning System Refrigerant—Charge Weight.......................................................................................... 0.82 kg 1.80 lb

7. Perform air conditioning check. See Operational Checkout. (Group 9005-10.) NM95233,00008B7 -19-18AUG16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=228

Heating and Air Conditioning

Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 37 N·m 27 lb·ft

TX1220943A —UN—11AUG16

Cap Screw (9) Torque

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Open engine cover. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cover

3. Remove right side panel. See Side Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 4. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) 5. Remove nut (1), cap screws (2), and diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank cover (3). 6. Remove accessory drive belt (4) from air conditioner compressor (10). See Replacing Accessory Drive Belt. (Operator’s Manual.) 7. Install identification tags and disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch solenoid electrical connector (5).

TX1220944A —UN—16AUG16

8. Remove cap screws (6). 9. Install identification tags and disconnect compressor-to-condenser high-pressure line (7) and expansion valve-to-compressor low-pressure line (8). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 10. Remove caps screws (9) and air conditioner compressor. Air Conditioner Compressor

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information

• If replacing air conditioner compressor, add oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil Information. (Group 1830.)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to air conditioning system from contamination. To prevent system contamination, flush and purge each component in the air conditioning system individually if air conditioner compressor was replaced due to an internal malfunction.

• If air conditioner compressor is being replaced due

to internal malfunction, perform a flush and purge of individual system components. See Flush and Purge Air Conditioner System. (Group 1830.) • Apply a thin coat of polyalkylene glycol (PAG) refrigerant oil to the fittings and O-rings. Connect air conditioner lines using new O-rings. See Heating and

1— Nut 2— Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Cover 4— Accessory Drive Belt 5— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Solenoid Electrical Connector

6— Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Compressor-to-Condenser High-Pressure Line 8— Expansion Valve-toCompressor Low-Pressure Line 9— Cap Screw (3 used) 10— Air Conditioner Compressor

Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) • Tighten cap screws (9) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (9)—Torque.................................................................37 N·m 27 lb·ft

• Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

NM95233,00008B8 -19-16AUG16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=229

Heating and Air Conditioning

Expansion Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw (1) Torque

10 N·m 89 lb·in

Cap Screw (5) Torque

5 N·m 44 lb·in

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) TX1220965A —UN—11AUG16

2. Open engine cover. 3. Remove right side panel. See Side Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 4. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) 5. Remove cap screw (1) and expansion valve cover (2). 6. Install identification tags and disconnect receiver-dryer-to-expansion valve high-pressure line (3) and expansion valve-to-compressor low-pressure line (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Remove cap screws (5) and expansion valve (6). INSTALLATION

Expansion Valve 1— Cap Screw 2— Expansion Valve Cover 3— Receiver-Dryer-toExpansion Valve High-Pressure Line

4— Expansion Valve-toCompressor Low-Pressure Line 5— Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Expansion Valve

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information

• Apply a thin coat of polyalkylene glycol (PAG)

refrigerant oil to the fittings and O-rings. Connect air conditioner lines using new O-rings. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) • Tighten cap screws (1 and 5) to specification.

Specification Cap Screw (5)—Torque...................................................................5 N·m 44 lb·in

• Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

Specification Cap Screw (1)—Torque.................................................................10 N·m 89 lb·in NM95233,00008B9 -19-02SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=230

Heating and Air Conditioning

Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw (1) Torque

10 N·m 89 lb·in

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator’s Station. (Operator’s Manual.) TX1220983A —UN—11AUG16

3. Open engine cover. 4. Remove left side panel. See Side Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) CAUTION: Liquid refrigerant will freeze eyes or skin on contact. Wear goggles, gloves, and protective clothing. Receiver-Dryer (rear view)

5. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) 6. Remove cap screw (1) and clamp (2). 7. Install identification tags and disconnect receiver-dryer-to-expansion valve high-pressure line (3) and condenser-to-receiver-dryer high-pressure line (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. Remove cap screws (6). 9. Remove receiver-dryer (5). 10. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

TX1221759A —UN—29AUG16

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information

• Tighten cap screw (1) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (1)—Torque.................................................................10 N·m 89 lb·in

Receiver-Dryer (front view)

• Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

1— Cap Screw 2— Clamp 3— Receiver-Dryer-toExpansion Valve High-Pressure Line

4— Condenser-to-ReceiverDryer High-Pressure Line 5— Receiver-Dryer 6— Cap Screw (2 used)

NM95233,00008BA -19-02SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-13

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=231

Heating and Air Conditioning

Condenser Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Open engine cover. 3. Remove left side panel. See Side Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 4. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) TX1221002A —UN—12AUG16

5. Remove pin (1). 6. Install identification tags and disconnect air conditioner lines (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Remove nuts (3) and condenser (4). INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Condenser

Additional Information

• Apply a thin coat of polyalkylene glycol (PAG)

refrigerant oil to the fittings and O-rings. Connect air conditioner lines using new O-rings. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) • If replacing condenser (4), add oil. See R134a Refrigerant Oil Information. (Group 1830.)

1— Pin 2— Air Conditioner Line (2 used)

3— Nut (3 used) 4— Condenser

• Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

NM95233,00008BB -19-02SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-14

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=232

Heating and Air Conditioning

Air Conditioner and Heater Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 10 N·m 89 lb·in

TX1221495A —UN—23AUG16

Cap Screw (1) Torque

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator’s Station. (Operator’s Manual.)

Air Conditioner and Heater Electrical Connectors

3. Open engine cover. 4. Recover refrigerant from system. See Recover R134a Refrigerant. (Group 1830.) TX1221407A —UN—23AUG16

5. Drain cooling system. See Drain and Refill Cooling System. (Operator’s Manual.) 6. Install identification tags and disconnect connectors (X86 and X98). 7. Remove cap screw (1) and expansion valve cover (2). 8. Install identification tags and disconnect pressure lines (3 and 4). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Air Conditioner and Heater (right side view)

9. Install identification tags and disconnect heater hoses (5).

TX1221408A —UN—23AUG16

10. Remove cab recirculation air filter element. See Replace Cab Fresh Air and Recirculation Air Filters—If Equipped. (Operator’s Manual.) 11. Remove cap screw (6) and clamp (7). 12. Remove receiver-dryer for access to cap screws (8), if necessary. See Receiver-Dryer Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 13. Remove cap screws (8). 1— Cap Screw 2— Expansion Valve Cover 3— Expansion Valve-toCompressor Low-Pressure Line 4— Receiver-Dryer-toExpansion Valve High-Pressure Line 5— Heater Hose (2 used)

Air Conditioner and Heater (front view)

6— Cap Screw 7— Clamp 8— Cap Screw (2 used) X86— Right Main Harnessto-Heater and Air Conditioner Harness 4-Pin Connector X98— Right Main Harnessto-Heater and Air Conditioner Harness 6-Pin Connector Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-15

NM95233,00008BC -19-25OCT16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=233

Heating and Air Conditioning

14. Using appropriate lifting device, support air conditioner and heater assembly (10).

TX1221409A —UN—23AUG16

15. Remove cap screws (9) and air conditioner and heater assembly. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Additional Information

• Apply a thin coat of polyalkylene glycol (PAG) refrigerant oil to the fittings and O-rings. Connect air conditioner pressure lines using new O-rings. See Heating and Air Conditioning System Component Location. (Group 9031-10.) • Tighten cap screw (1) to specification.

Specification Cap Screw (1)—Torque.................................................................10 N·m 89 lb·in

• Fill cooling system. See Drain and Refill Cooling

Air Conditioner and Heater (top view) 9— Cap Screw (4 used)

10— Air Conditioner and Heater Assembly

• Charge system. See Charge R134a System. (Group 1830.)

System. (Operator’s Manual.)

NM95233,00008BC -19-25OCT16-2/2

Blower Fan Remove and Install REMOVAL TX1221781A —UN—30AUG16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove air conditioner and heater assembly. See Air Conditioner and Heater Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 3. Remove cap screws (1), clips (2), and cover (3). 4. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors (4).

Air Conditioner and Heater Assembly

5. Remove screws (5) and blower fan (6). INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. TX1221782A —UN—30AUG16

• Apply tape to insulation on back of air conditioner and heater assembly, if necessary.

1— Cap Screw (5 used) 2— Clip (4 used) 3— Cover

4— Electrical Connector (4 used) 5— Screw (4 used) 6— Blower Fan Blower Fan

NM95233,00008BE -19-16SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=234

Heating and Air Conditioning

Evaporator or Heater Core Remove and Install REMOVAL TX1221781A —UN—30AUG16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Remove air conditioner and heater assembly. See Air Conditioner and Heater Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 3. Remove cap screws (1), clips (2), and cover (3). 4. Remove cap screws (4), plate (5), and blower fan (6).

Air Conditioner and Heater Assembly

5. Remove evaporator and heater core assembly (7). INSTALLATION TX1221783A —UN—30AUG16

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Apply tape to insulation on back of air conditioner and heater assembly, if necessary.

1— Cap Screw (5 used) 2— Clip (4 used) 3— Cover 4— Cap Screw (4 used)

5— Plate 6— Blower Fan 7— Evaporator and Heater Core Assembly

TX1221784A —UN—30AUG16

Blower Fan

Evaporator and Heater Core Assembly NM95233,00008BF -19-16SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-17

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=235

Heating and Air Conditioning

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

18-1830-18

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=236

Section 19 Sheet Metal and Styling Contents Page

Group 1910—Hood or Engine Enclosure Footwell Remove and Install ..................... 19-1910-1 Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Assembly Remove and Install ............... 19-1910-1 Side Panel Remove and Install ................. 19-1910-2 Engine Cover Remove and Install.............. 19-1910-2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

19-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

19-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 1910

Hood or Engine Enclosure Footwell Remove and Install See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.) NM95233,00006B5 -19-08FEB16-1/1

Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Assembly Remove and Install NOTE: Procedure shown for right electrohydraulic (EH) foot pedal assembly. Procedure for left electrohydraulic (EH) foot pedal assembly is similar. REMOVAL

TX1224104A —UN—28SEP16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove footwell. See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove cap screws (1) and center plate (2). 4. Remove cap screws (4). 5. Disconnect electrical connector (5). 6. Remove cap screws (6) and electrohydraulic (EH) foot pedal assembly (3).

Center Plate

TX1224106A —UN—28SEP16

7. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Center Plate 3— Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Assembly

4— Cap Screw (2 used) 5— Electrical Connector 6— Cap Screw (3 used)

TX1224105A —UN—28SEP16

Cap Screws (front of machine shown)

Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Assembly JL05046,0000259 -19-28SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

19-1910-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=239

Hood or Engine Enclosure

Side Panel Remove and Install For more information on side panel removal and installation, see Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) JL05046,0000246 -19-31AUG16-1/1

Engine Cover Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Engine Cover Weight (approximate)

23 kg 50 lb

REMOVAL

TX1221917A —UN—31AUG16

1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove engine side panels. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Open engine cover (1). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 4. Use appropriate lifting device to support engine cover.

Engine Cover Shock

Specification Engine Cover—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 23 kg 50 lb

5. Remove shock (4) from plate (3). 6. Lower engine cover. 7. Remove cap screws (2) and engine cover. TX1221915A —UN—31AUG16

8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Align engine cover in closed position before tightening cap screws.

Engine Cover 1— Engine Cover 2— Cap Screw (9 used)

3— Plate 4— Shock JL05046,0000247 -19-18OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

19-1910-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=240

Section 20 Safety and Convenience Contents Page

Group 2001—Radio Radio Antenna Remove and Install ..................................................... 20-2001-1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

20-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

20-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 2001

Radio Radio Antenna Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw Torque

2 N·m 17 lb·in

REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) TX1223599 —UN—16SEP16

2. Remove cap screw (1) and antenna (W34). 3. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten cap screw to specification. Specification Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................2 N·m 17 lb·in

Antenna 1— Cap Screw

W34—Antenna JL05046,0000253 -19-29SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

20-2001-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=243

Radio

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

20-2001-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=244

Section 21 Main Hydraulic System Contents Page

Group 2160—Hydraulic System General Oil Cleanup Procedure ................ 21-2160-1 Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Component Failure Cleanup Procedure.................... 21-2160-4 Vacuum Pump Installation ......................... 21-2160-5 Hydraulic Fan Motor Remove and Install ..................................................... 21-2160-6 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install ..................................................... 21-2160-7 Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Remove and Install ............................................ 21-2160-10 Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install ................................................... 21-2160-12 Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Remove and Install.............................. 21-2160-13

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 2160

Hydraulic System General Oil Cleanup Procedure

Super Caddy™ requires a 20-amp electric circuit. Use of electrical extension cord is not recommended.

SPECIFICATIONS Discharge and Suction Lines Diameter

10 mm 0.375 in

Discharge and Suction Lines Length

3m 10 ft

In-Line Tank Filter Screen Torque

48 N·m 35 lb·ft

NOTE: Park machine in an area that will allow all hydraulic functions to be operated. 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare For Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove left engine side panel. See Engine Side Panels—Remove and Install. (Operator’s Manual.)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS JDG10712 Super Caddy™

3. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator’s Station. (Operator’s Manual.)

37 Degree Swivel Adapter (2 used) Adapter Fitting (2 used)

4. Make discharge and suction lines according to specification.

This procedure is to be used on machines that have had hydraulic system repair without a catastrophic component failure. Super Caddy™ procedure must be done prior to starting machine after a component has been repaired or replaced.

Specification Discharge and Suction Lines—Diameter............................................................................ 10 mm 0.375 in Discharge and Suction Lines—Length.................................................................................... 3 m 10 ft

IMPORTANT: Intermixing of oils can cause premature hydraulic component damage and oil contamination. Oil types and filters must not be intermixed. Use filter element in same type oil to avoid intermixing of oils.

NOTE: The original discharge hose, suction hose, or concentric wand supplied with the Super Caddy™ are not used for this procedure. Fabricated lines must connect directly to Super Caddy™.

Oil contamination could result if filter caddy is used in dusty or wet conditions. Clean work practices and cleanliness of filter caddy and attachments are critical when filtering oil.

5. Using appropriate 37 degree swivel adapter and adapter fitting, install discharge and suction lines to Super Caddy™.

TX1239407A —UN—30MAY17

NOTE: Filter oil should be at 27°C (80°F) or above for best Super Caddy™ performance. Reduce flow rate to filter oil below 27°C (80°F).

Hydraulic Oil Fill Neck Mounting Bracket 1— Cap Screw (2 used)

2— Nut (2 used)

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-1

MM16284,0002D27 -19-21JAN21-1/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=247

Hydraulic System 6. Remove nuts (2) and cap screws (1) from hydraulic oil fill neck mounting bracket. Super Caddy is a trademark of Deere & Company MM16284,0002D27 -19-21JAN21-2/4

7. Remove clamps (3) and adapter tube (4) from fill neck line (5) and in-line tank filter screen (6). 8. Remove in-line tank filter screen from hydraulic oil reservoir (68). 6— In-Line Tank Filter Screen 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir

TX1239408A —UN—30MAY17

3— Clamp (2 used) 4— Adapter Tube 5— Fill Neck Line

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-2

MM16284,0002D27 -19-21JAN21-3/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=248

Hydraulic System

NOTE: Ensure proper suction and discharge line placement for maximum oil movement during cleanup procedure. TX1239409A —UN—30MAY17

9. Position discharge line (7) approximately 203 mm (8 in) higher than suction line (8) as shown and secure with zip tie. Position zip tie so that it will not enter hydraulic reservoir when lines are inserted. 10. Install suction and discharge lines from JDG10712 Super Caddy™ into hydraulic oil reservoir through in-line tank filter screen port. 11. Seal suction and discharge lines to in-line tank filter screen port to prevent contamination.

Suction and Discharge Lines

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all persons from area before operating machine. Avoid entanglement and possible electrocution from filter caddy power cord. Do not operate machine while filter caddy is connected to machine.

7— Discharge Line 8— Suction Line

50— Zip Tie

Specification In-Line Tank Filler Screen—Torque............................................................................48 N·m 35 lb·ft

IMPORTANT: Do not exceed 19 L/min (5 gal/min) pump flow during Super Caddy™ operation.

21. Install adapter tube and clamps to fill neck line and in-line tank filter screen.

12. Use JDG10712 Super Caddy™ to remove oil contaminants. Refer to the Super Caddy™ operator's manual or see Super Caddy™ in Service ADVISOR™ for operating procedure.

22. Install hydraulic oil fill neck mounting bracket using cap screws and nuts.

13. When cleaning process is complete, remove Super Caddy™ lines from machine.

NOTE: Machines (S.N. —387880) were built with one filter from the factory, but a hydraulic return filter field kit is available to equip the machines with two filters. Machines (S.N. 387881— ) are built with two filters from the factory.

14. Plug in-line tank filter screen port. 15. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir to operating level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator's Manual.) 16. Lower operator’s station and run machine at slow idle. Operate each circuit a minimum of 2 minutes in each direction to flush any remaining contaminants back through hydraulic system filters.

23. Install new oil filters. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: Instrument cleanliness and clean work practices are critical when taking oil samples. Dust, wind, and moisture, as well as contaminated sample pumps, bottles, and tubing can affect results.

17. Stop engine and raise operator’s station. Install Super Caddy™ to machine as before.

24. Obtain oil sample for fluid analysis. Oil sample must be taken from system before oil passes through the filters when oil is warm. See Take Fluid Samples. (Operator's Manual.)

18. Repeat Super Caddy™ operation procedure until contaminant value is at specifications per Super Caddy™ operator's manual or see Super Caddy™ in Service ADVISOR for operating procedure.

25. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir to proper operating level. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator's Manual.)

19. When oil reaches an acceptable level of cleanliness, remove Super Caddy™ lines from machine.

26. Return machine to service.

20. Install in-line tank filter screen and tighten to specification. Super Caddy is a trademark of Deere & Company Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company MM16284,0002D27 -19-21JAN21-4/4

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=249

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic/Hydrostatic Component Failure Cleanup Procedure

IMPORTANT: Ultra Clean® process must have all T-fittings disconnected. Lines or hoses with T-fittings must be cleaned individually.

IMPORTANT: Oil types and filters must not be intermixed. To avoid intermixing of oils, use filter element in same type oil.

12. Locate and disconnect all circuit hoses and lines from pumps, motors, valves, manifolds, and T-fittings. To minimize contamination, close all openings of lines and components with caps and plugs.

Avoid operating Super Caddy™ in dusty or wet conditions. Oil contamination will result.

13. Clean all lines and hoses using Ultra Clean® hose kit. Install all removed lines and hoses.

NOTE: Instrument cleanliness and clean work practices are critical when filtering oil or taking oil samples. Dust, wind, and moisture, as well as contaminated sample pumps, bottles, and tubing affect results.

14. Fill hydraulic oil reservoir to operating level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

1. Park and prepare machine for service safely. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

CAUTION: Avoid entanglement and possible electrocution from Super Caddy™ power cord. Do not operate machine while Super Caddy™ is connected to machine.

IMPORTANT: Prevent electrical component damage. Voltage spikes can damage electrical components. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable.

Prevent possible personal injury from unexpected machine movement. Clear all persons from area before operating machine.

2. Disconnect negative (-) battery cable. See Battery Remove and Install. (Group 1600.) 3. Clean all machine components and surrounding areas.

15. Make sure that area is clear and large enough to operate all functions of machine.

4. Remove and clean fill cap and strainer. In sealed plastic bag, store fill cap and strainer.

16. Connect negative (-) battery cable. See Battery Remove and Install. (Group 1600.)

5. Cover fill tube with plastic bag or all-purpose tape.

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage due to trapped air. Do not operate hydraulic functions over relief.

6. To remove oil contaminants before hydraulic oil reservoir is drained, use Super Caddy™. See General Oil Cleanup Procedure. (Group 2160.) 7. Use Super Caddy™ to transfer oil from hydraulic oil reservoir to a clean container or drain. 8. Remove, disassemble, clean, and inspect system components.

17. To prevent component damage during start-up, see Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure. (Group 0360.) Also see Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3160.) 18. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

9. Repair or replace damaged components. Install all components. IMPORTANT: Oil cooler and accumulators cannot be cleaned of contamination and must be replaced. System manifolds cannot always be cleaned of contamination and must be replaced.

IMPORTANT: Trapped air suddenly compressed in a cylinder makes enough heat to ignite the oil used for assembly causing cap seal and ring damage. Start with cylinder rod retracted and the rod end filled with clean oil. Operate function to extend rod. Procedure eliminates most of the air and reduces the possibility of damage.

10. Replace oil cooler and system accumulators. Some manifolds cannot be cleaned. Replace manifolds as required.

19. Run machine at slow idle. To move air and contaminants back through machine’s oil filter, operate each circuit a minimum of 2 minutes in each direction.

20. Cycle cylinders an additional 10 times to be sure that air is eliminated from circuit. 21. Operate all functions for 3—5 minutes in each direction.

11. Install new oil filters. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.)

22. Filter oil until Super Caddy™ shuts off and contaminant value is to specification. Refer to operator's manual included with Super Caddy™ or see Super Caddy™ in Service ADVISOR™ for operating procedure.

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-4

MM16284,0002D28 -19-21JAN21-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=250

Hydraulic System

NOTE: Older machine models have one hydraulic filter in the system. Newer machine models have a two-filter system; one hydrostatic filter and one hydraulic filter. 23. Install new oil filters. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.) NOTE: Instrument cleanliness and clean work practices are critical when filtering oil or taking oil samples. Dust, wind, and moisture, as well as contaminated sample pumps, bottles, and tubing affect results.

24. Obtain oil sample for fluid analysis. Oil sample must be taken from system before oil passes through the hydraulic oil filter when oil is warm. 25. Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.) 26. Return machine to service. 27. After 100 hours of service, obtain oil sample for fluid analysis. Confirm that oil is within specification.

Super Caddy is a trademark of Deere & Company Ultra Clean is a trademark of Ultra Clean Technologies Corporation Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company MM16284,0002D28 -19-21JAN21-2/2

Vacuum Pump Installation ESSENTIAL TOOLS

TX1226102A —UN—13OCT16

D15032NU Vacuum Pump Kit

Perform this procedure to minimize hydraulic oil leakage when disconnecting hydraulic lines. 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Remove side panels. See Side Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.)

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather

TX1226101A —UN—13OCT16

4. Remove breather hose (1) from hydraulic oil reservoir breather (67). Install cap on hydraulic oil reservoir breather. 5. Connect vacuum hose (2) from D15032NU Vacuum Pump Kit to hydraulic oil fill neck (3). 1— Breather Hose 2— Vacuum Hose 3— Hydraulic Oil Fill Neck

4— Air Conditioner and Heater Assembly 67— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Breather Vacuum Pump Installation

BS40810,000021C -19-28FEB18-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=251

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Fan Motor Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 103 N·m 76 lb·ft

Nut (2) Torque

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS D01207AA 2 and 3-Way Puller OTHER MATERIAL Loctite® 243® Threadlocker (medium strength)

TX1221505A —UN—29AUG16

REMOVAL 1. Remove fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs.

Hydraulic Fan Motor

2. Clean hydraulic fan motor (1) and adjacent areas. 3. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (4). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Remove fan motor hub nut (2). 5. Attach D01207AA 2 and 3-Way Puller to hydraulic fan motor hub (3) and remove hub.

TX1221506A —UN—29AUG16

6. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connectors from hydraulic fan speed solenoid (Y30) and hydraulic reversing fan solenoid (Y32). 7. Remove nuts (5), cap screws (6), and hydraulic fan motor. 8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION

Hydraulic Fan Motor Electrical Connectors

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Install hydraulic fan motor hub and nut. Apply Loctite® 243® Threadlocker (medium strength) to threads of hydraulic fan motor hub nut (2) and tighten to specification.

Specification Nut (2)—Torque...........................................................................103 N·m 76 lb·ft

1— Hydraulic Fan Motor 2— Fan Motor Hub Nut 3— Hydraulic Fan Motor Hub 4— Hydraulic Line (3 used)

5— Nut (2 used) 6— Cap Screw (2 used) Y30— Hydraulic Fan Speed Solenoid Y32— Hydraulic Reversing Fan Solenoid

Loctite and its related brand marks are trademarks of Henkel Corporation JL05046,000024A -19-11SEP19-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-6

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=252

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Operator’s Manual.) 2. Drain hydraulic reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Remove air cleaner. See Air Cleaner Remove and Install. (Group 0520.) TX1224102A —UN—28SEP16

4. Remove fan. See Fan Remove and Install. (Group 0510.) 5. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic oil cooler lines (11). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 11— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line (2 used)

TX1243730A —UN—25AUG17

Lower Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line

Upper Hydraulic Oil Cooler Line Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-7

MM16284,0002D13 -19-17DEC20-1/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=253

Hydraulic System

6. Remove nut (2), cap screws (1), and cover (3). 3— Cover

TX1223561A —UN—16SEP16

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Nut

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Cover MM16284,0002D13 -19-17DEC20-2/5

7. Loosen cap screws (4) and remove cap screw (5). 5— Cap Screw

TX1223593A —UN—16SEP16

4— Cap Screw (2 used)

DEF Fill Neck Cover Cap Screws Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-8

MM16284,0002D13 -19-17DEC20-3/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=254

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on DEF components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. Loosen clamp (7) and remove DEF fill neck cover (6). 7— Clamp

TX1223594A —UN—16SEP16

6— DEF Fill Neck Cover

DEF Fill Neck Cover MM16284,0002D13 -19-17DEC20-4/5

9. Remove nuts (8) and set mounting bracket (9) aside. 10. Remove hydraulic oil cooler (10). 11. Clean and inspect components. Repair or replace components as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 10— Hydraulic Oil Cooler

TX1224101A —UN—28SEP16

8— Nut (2 used) 9— Mounting Bracket

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bracket MM16284,0002D13 -19-17DEC20-5/5

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-9

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=255

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Remove and Install IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work.

TX1221610A —UN—29AUG16

Install identification tags to all electrical connectors and hydraulic lines to aid in installation. Close all openings using caps and plugs. REMOVAL 1. Park and prepare machine for service. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Remove footwell. See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.) 3. Drain hydraulic oil reservoir (68). See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.)

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir (front side shown)

4. Disconnect hydraulic line (3) from hydraulic pump (2) and drain remaining hydraulic oil from reservoir. NOTE: The number of hydraulic lines (5) on the hydraulic oil reservoir will vary depending on machine options.

TX1221612A —UN—29AUG16

5. Disconnect hydraulic lines (5) from front side of hydraulic oil reservoir. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.) 6. Disconnect electrical connectors from sensors (B2 and B20). 7. Remove clamps (4). 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B20— Hydrostatic Oil Temperature Sensor

Hydraulic Pump (S.N. —340401)

XJ1280487 —UN—26JUN19

2— Hydraulic Pump 3— Hydraulic Line 4— Clamp (3 used) 5— Hydraulic Line (9 used)

Hydraulic Pump (S.N. 340402— ) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-10

MM16284,0002D1E -19-21DEC20-1/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=256

Hydraulic System

8. Remove cap screws (7) and brackets (6). 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir

TX1221627A —UN—29AUG16

6— Bracket (2 used) 7— Cap Screw (4 used)

Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Brackets MM16284,0002D1E -19-21DEC20-2/3

9. Remove clamps (8) and slide hydraulic oil reservoir forward. 10. Remove clamps (9). NOTE: The number of hydraulic lines (10) on the hydraulic oil reservoir will vary depending on machine options.

TX1221611A —UN—29AUG16

11. Disconnect hydraulic lines (10) from rear side of hydraulic oil reservoir. See Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) See Hydrostatic System Component Location. (Group 9026-10.) 12. Remove hydraulic oil reservoir. 13. Clean and inspect components. Repair or replace components as necessary. INSTALLATION Hydraulic Oil Reservoir (rear side shown)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. 8— Clamp (3 used) 9— Clamp (2 used)

10— Hydraulic Line (8 used) 68— Hydraulic Oil Reservoir MM16284,0002D1E -19-21DEC20-3/3

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=257

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS Cap Screw Torque

130 N·m 96 lb·ft

NOTE: Procedure shown is for a high flow hydraulic pump. Procedure for standard hydraulic pump is similar.

TX1223407A —UN—15SEP16

REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Drain hydraulic reservoir. See Drain and Refill Hydraulic Oil and Replace Filter Elements. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Remove footwell. See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.)

Hydraulic Pump (high flow shown) (S.N. —340401) 1— Hydraulic Hose (5 used) 2— Cap Screw (2 used)

3— Hydraulic Pump 4— Electrical Connector

INSTALLATION

5. Clean hydraulic pump (3) and adjacent areas.

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

NOTE: The number of hydraulic hoses (1) on the hydraulic pump (3) may vary depending on machine options and pump configuration.

• Install new O-ring to hydraulic pump flange. • Tighten cap screws to specification.

6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic hoses (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Install identification tags and disconnect electrical connector (4).

9. Clean and inspect components. Repair or replace components as necessary.

Specification Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................130 N·m 96 lb·ft

• Perform hydrostatic and hydraulic start-up procedure. See Hydrostatic and Hydraulic Start-Up Procedure. (Group 0360.)

8. Remove cap screws (2) and hydraulic pump. MM16284,0002D1F -19-21DEC20-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-12

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=258

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve Remove and Install Install identification tags to all hydraulic hoses to aid in assembly. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.) XJ1278144 —UN—29JUL19

Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve (wheeled machine shown) 1— Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 2— Hydraulic Hose

5. Remove footwell. See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.)

3— Cap Screw (2 used) 4— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Bypass Valve

6. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (1) from hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve (4).

9. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

7. Remove cap screws (3) and slide hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve towards the center of the machine to access hydraulic hose (2).

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

8. Disconnect hydraulic hose (2) and remove hydraulic oil cooler bypass valve. GS11409,00003AA -19-01FEB21-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-13

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=259

Hydraulic System

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

21-2160-14

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=260

Contents

Section 31 Loader

Page

Group 3104—Attachment Coupler Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Remove and Install ..................................................... 31-3104-1 Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Remove and Install .............................................. 31-3104-6 Group 3140—Frame Upper Boom Link Remove and Install ..................................................... 31-3140-1 Lower Boom Link Remove and Install ..................................................... 31-3140-3 Boom Remove and Install ......................... 31-3140-6 Boom Lock Remove and Install................. 31-3140-9 Boom Lock Disassemble and Assemble............................................. 31-3140-10 Group 3160—Hydraulic System Control Valve Remove and Install.............. 31-3160-1 Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble............................................... 31-3160-2 Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Remove and Install ............................................ 31-3160-18 Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Disassemble and Assemble ................ 31-3160-20 Self Leveling Valve Remove and Install ................................................... 31-3160-21 Self Leveling Valve Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 31-3160-22 Ride Control Accumulator Remove and Install ............................................ 31-3160-24 Ride Control Accumulator Valve Remove and Install.............................. 31-3160-25 Boom Cylinder Remove and Install ................................................... 31-3160-25 Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install ................................................... 31-3160-27 Hydraulic Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble...................................... 31-3160-28 Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Remove and Install.............................. 31-3160-29 Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure ............................................ 31-3160-29

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 3104

Attachment Coupler Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Remove and Install 100 kg 220 lb

Boom Pin Cap Screw (6) Torque

540 N·m 398 lb·ft

Bucket Cylinder Pin Cap Screw (11) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

TX1225340A —UN—06OCT16

SPECIFICATIONS Electric Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Weight (approximate)

MACHINE WITHOUT BOOM PERFORMANCE SENSOR REMOVAL Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Cover

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

1— Block (2 used) 2— Quik-Tatch™ Coupler

3— Cap Screw (7 used) 4— Cover

2. Place blocks (1) in front of machine as shown. 3. Roll Quik-Tatch™ coupler (2) full forward and lower boom onto blocks.

4. Remove cap screws (3) and cover (4).

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-1/10

5. Remove plug (5) from both sides of coupler.

TX1068801A —UN—14DEC09

5— Plug (2 used)

Quik-Tatch™ Coupler (right side shown) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3104-1

MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-2/10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=263

TX1225341A —UN—06OCT16

Attachment Coupler

Boom-to-Coupler Pivot Point 6— Boom Pin Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Washer (4 used) 8— Lubrication Fitting

9— Nut (2 used) 10— Boom Pin (2 used)

6. Remove nuts (9), washers (7), and boom pin cap screws (6) from boom-to-coupler pivot points. Discard cap screws if stretched or damaged. CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

Specification Electric Quik-Tatch™ Coupler—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 100 kg 220 lb

8. Remove boom pins (10).

7. Attach appropriate lifting device to coupler. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3104-2

MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-3/10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=264

Attachment Coupler

9. Disconnect wiring harness connector from Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10).

TX1225342A —UN—06OCT16

10. Remove bucket cylinder pin cap screws (11) and nuts (12) from pins on bucket cylinders (13). 11. Remove pins from bucket cylinders. 12. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION

• Tighten cap screws (6) to specification. Hit cap

screw head using dead blow hammer to ensure that tapered pins are seated flush. Tighten cap screws to specification again. Repeat this process until torque is maintained.

Quik-Tatch™ Coupler 11— Bucket Cylinder Pin Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Nut (2 used)

Specification Boom Pin Cap Screw (6)—Torque.................................................................................540 N·m 398 lb·ft

• Tighten cap screws (11) to specification.

13— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor

MACHINE WITH BOOM PERFORMANCE SENSOR REMOVAL

Specification Bucket Cylinder Pin Cap Screw (11)—Torque.......................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.)

• Lubricate all pivot points. Actuate bucket cylinders to verify operation.

MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-4/10

2. Place blocks (1) in front of machine as shown. 3. Roll Quik-Tatch™ coupler (2) full forward and lower boom onto blocks.

1— Block (2 used) 2— Quik-Tatch™ Coupler

TX1225340A —UN—06OCT16

4. Remove cap screws (3) and cover (4). 3— Cap Screw (7 used) 4— Cover

Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Cover Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3104-3

MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-5/10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=265

Attachment Coupler

5. Remove plug (5) from right side of coupler.

TX1068801A —UN—14DEC09

5— Plug

Quik-Tatch™ Coupler (right side shown)

TX1308496A —UN—19JAN21

MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-6/10

Boom-to-Coupler Pivot Point 6— Boom Pin Cap Screw (2 used) 7— Washer (4 used) 8— Lubrication Fitting

9— Nut (2 used) 10— Boom Pin (2 used)

6. On right side of coupler, remove nut (9), washers (7), and boom pin cap screw (6) from boom-to-coupler pivot point. Discard cap screw if stretched or damaged. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3104-4

MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-7/10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=266

Attachment Coupler

7. On left side of coupler, remove cap screws (22) and cover (14). B14— Bucket Position Sensor W45—Bucket Position Sensor Harness (boom performance)

TX1308062A —UN—11JAN21

14— Cover 22— Cap Screw (3 used)

Boom Performance Sensor MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-8/10

NOTE: The next two steps are critical in the installation and proper bucket position sensor (B14) position, for correct sensor operation. TX1308064A —UN—08JAN21

8. Verify that arrow mark (16) and window area marks (17) are visible. 9. Transfer window area marks from bucket position sensor (B14) onto outer pin boss, creating outer pin boss window area marks (20). 10. Install identification tags and remove bucket position sensor. 11. Remove cap screws (19) and magnet module (15).

Arrow and Window Markings

12. Remove nut (9), washers (7), and boom pin cap screw (6) from boom-to-coupler pivot point. Discard cap screw if stretched or damaged. TX1308063A —UN—08JAN21

CAUTION: Avoid possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 13. Attach appropriate lifting device to coupler. Specification Electric Quik-Tatch™ Coupler—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 100 kg 220 lb

Outer Pin Boss and Magnet Module

14. Remove boom pins (10). 15— Magnet Module 16— Arrow Mark 17— Window Area Mark (2 used) 18— Window Area Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3104-5

19— Cap Screw (3 used) 20— Outer Pin Boss Window Area Mark (2 used) 21— Coupler Pin B14— Bucket Position Sensor MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-9/10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=267

Attachment Coupler

15. Disconnect wiring harness connector from Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10).

TX1225342A —UN—06OCT16

16. Remove bucket cylinder pin cap screws (11) and nuts (12) from pins on bucket cylinders (13). 17. Remove pins from bucket cylinders. 18. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten cap screws (6) to specification. Hit cap

Quik-Tatch™ Coupler

screw head using dead blow hammer to ensure that tapered pins are seated flush. Tighten cap screws to specification again. Repeat this process until torque is maintained.

11— Bucket Cylinder Pin Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Nut (2 used)

Specification Boom Pin Cap Screw (6)—Torque.................................................................................540 N·m 398 lb·ft

13— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor

d. Install cover and cap screws (22).

• Tighten cap screws (11) to specification. Specification Bucket Cylinder Pin Cap Screw (11)—Torque.......................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

• Assemble boom performance sensor. NOTE: Arrow mark (16) on magnet module (15) must be within window area (18) of sensor module for proper installation.

• Calibrate boom performance sensor. See Angle Sensor

a. Install magnet module (15) to coupler pin (21) with arrow mark (16) between outer pin boss window marks (20). b. Install cap screws (19). c. Position bucket position sensor (B14) with arrow mark within window area marks on sensor.

Calibration. (Group 9015-20.)

• Lubricate all pivot points. Actuate bucket cylinders to verify operation.

MM16284,0002D26 -19-01FEB21-10/10

Quik-Tatch™ Actuator Remove and Install REMOVAL TX1225340A —UN—06OCT16

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Retract Quik-Tatch™ actuator. 3. Place blocking (1) in front of machine as shown. 4. Roll Quik-Tatch™ coupler (2) full forward and lower boom onto blocking. 5. Remove cap screws (3) and cover (4). Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Cover 1— Blocking 2— Quik-Tatch™ Coupler

3— Cap Screw (7 used) 4— Cover

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3104-6

NM95233,00008CA -19-03DEC20-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=268

Attachment Coupler

6. Disconnect wiring harness connector from Quik-Tatch™ motor (M10). 7. Remove cotter pins (5). TX1225587A —UN—10OCT16

8. Remove pins (6) from actuator and links. 9. Remove actuator from links. 10. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Quik-Tatch™ Actuator 5— Cotter Pin (2 used) 6— Pin (2 used)

M10— Quik-Tatch™ Motor

NM95233,00008CA -19-03DEC20-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3104-7

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=269

Attachment Coupler

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3104-8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=270

Group 3140

Frame Upper Boom Link Remove and Install CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

SPECIFICATIONS Boom With Bucket Cylinders and QuikTach™ Weight (approximate)

760 kg 1676 lb

Upper Boom Link Weight (approximate)

69 kg 152 lb

Frame Pin Cap Screw (9) Torque

320 N·m 236 lb·ft

Boom Pin Cap Screw (2) Torque

320 N·m 236 lb·ft

2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS

3. Use appropriate lifting device and support rear of boom.

Cap Screw (M24 x 3 mm) Washer (M24, as required)

Specification Boom With Bucket Cylinders and QuikTach™—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 760 kg 1676 lb

Spacer

REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.

7 9 10

1 11 12 6

3 12

10 3

TX1222299 —UN—02SEP16

TX1222299 Upper Boom Link Assembly 1— Upper Boom Link 5— Nut (2 used) 2— Boom Pin Cap Screw (2 used) 6— Boom Pin (2 used) 3— Washer (2 used) 7— Boom Pin Bushing (2 used) 4— Washer (2 used) 8— Frame Pin Grease Fitting (2 used)

4. Using appropriate lifting device, support upper boom link (1) cross member.

9— Frame Pin Cap Screw (2 used) 12— Frame Pin Bushing (2 used) 10— Washer (2 used) 11— Frame Pin (2 used)

Specification Upper Boom Link—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 69 kg 152 lb Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-1

NM95233,00008CB -19-19JUL19-1/3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=271

Frame

5. Remove boom pin cap screws (2), nuts (5), and washers (3 and 4). Discard cap screws if stretched or damaged.

7. Remove frame pin grease fittings (8), frame pin cap screws (9), and washers (10). Discard cap screws if stretched or damaged.

6. Remove boom pins (6) and bushings (7) from pivot boss.

8. Raise lifting device to support upper boom link.

QuikTach is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00008CB -19-19JUL19-2/3

TX1222307A —UN—31AUG16

NOTE: Frame pins (11) have threaded bore that is used for removal. Use cap screw (M24 x 3 mm) (13), washer (M24, as required) (14), and spacer (15) to remove frame pins. 9. Install cap screw (M24 x 3 mm), washer (M24, as required), and spacer (15) to frame pins (11) as shown. 10. Turn cap screw (M24 x 3 mm) to remove frame pins. Remove frame pin bushings (12). 11. Repeat steps for opposite side. 12. Remove upper boom link from machine. Frame Pin Removal

13. Clean and inspect parts for wear. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

13— Cap Screw (M24 x 3 mm) 14— Washer (M24, as required)

INSTALLATION

15— Spacer

Installation is reverse of removal procedure. flush. Tighten cap screws to specification again. Repeat process until boom pins (6) are completely flush and torque specification is reached.

• Tighten frame pin cap screws to specification. Specification Frame Pin Cap Screw (9)—Torque.................................................................................320 N·m 236 lb·ft

• Apply clean 10W-30 oil or equivalent to threads of boom pin cap screws (2) before installation.

• Tighten boom pin cap screws to specification. Once

Specification Boom Pin Cap Screw (2)—Torque.................................................................................320 N·m 236 lb·ft

• Lubricate all pivot points. See Lubricate Boom Linkage,

torque requirement is reached, hit cap screw heads using dead-blow hammer to make tapered link pins

Cylinder Pivot Points, and Quik-Tatch™ Linkage. (Operator’s Manual.)

NM95233,00008CB -19-19JUL19-3/3

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=272

Frame

Lower Boom Link Remove and Install 760 kg 1676 lb

Left Lower Boom Link Weight (approximate)

40 kg 88 lb

Right Lower Boom Link Weight (approximate)

44 kg 97 lb

Rear Pin Cap Screw Torque

387 N·m 285 lb·ft

Front Pin Cap Screw Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft TX1222043A —UN—30AUG16

SPECIFICATIONS Boom Weight (approximate)

ESSENTIAL TOOLS JDG1929 Threaded Driver

REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. Rear Boom (right side shown)

2. Remove engine side panels. See Side Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

1— Boom Hydraulic Line (2 used)

NOTE: Boom must be raised high enough to allow rear lower boom link cap screw to clear engine compartment. 3. Raise boom and support front and rear of boom with appropriate lifting device. Specification Boom—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 760 kg 1676 lb

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 4. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 5. Raise operator’s station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 6. Clean area around hydraulic lines at rear of boom. 7. Install identification tags and disconnect boom hydraulic lines (1) from right side of boom. Close all openings using caps and plugs. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-3

NM95233,00008CC -19-30NOV18-1/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=273

Frame

8. Install identification tags and disconnect boom hydraulic lines (2) from left side of boom. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 9. Install identification tags and disconnect attachment control frame harness-to-attachment control boom harness connector (X27). 10. Install identification tags and disconnect Quik-Tatch™ frame harness-to-Quik-Tatch boom harness connectors (if equipped) (X56 and X57) from rear of boom.

TX1222044A —UN—30AUG16

11. Pull hydraulic lines and electrical wires forward through hose retainers on lower boom links. 12. Remove rear pin cap screws from both sides of machine. Discard cap screws if stretched or damaged. X56— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Boom Harness Connector 1 (if equipped) X57— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Boom Harness Connector 2 (if equipped)

Rear Boom (left side shown)

TX1222045A —UN—30AUG16

2— Boom Hydraulic Line (3 used) X27— Attachment Control Frame Harness-toAttachment Control Boom Harness Connector

Quik-Tatch™ Connectors (right side shown) Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-4

NM95233,00008CC -19-30NOV18-2/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=274

Frame

13. Install JDG1929 Threaded Driver (3) to rear pivot point of lower boom link.

TX1222275A —UN—31AUG16

14. Remove rear pins from lower boom link pivot points on both sides of machine. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 15. Attach appropriate lifting device to lower boom link. Specification Left Lower Boom Link—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 40 kg 88 lb Right Lower Boom Link—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 44 kg 97 lb

JDG1929 Threaded Driver Installation 3— JDG1929 Threaded Driver

NM95233,00008CC -19-30NOV18-3/4

16. Remove front pin nut (4), front pin cap screw (5), and front pin (6). 17. Remove lower boom links. 18. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Apply clean 10W-30 oil or equivalent to rear pin cap screw threads before installation.

• Tighten rear pin cap screws to specification. Tighten

Specification Rear Pin Cap Screw—Torque............................................................................387 N·m 285 lb·ft

• Tighten front pin cap screws (5) to specification. Specification

TX1222277A —UN—31AUG16

head of cap screw, not nut. Once torque specification is reached, hit cap screw head using dead-blow hammer to make tapered link pins flush. Tighten cap screw to specification again. Repeat process until pins are completely flush and torque specification is reached.

Lower Boom Link Front Pin 4— Front Pin Nut 5— Front Pin Cap Screw

6— Front Pin

Front Pin Cap Screw—Torque..............................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft NM95233,00008CC -19-30NOV18-4/4

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=275

Frame

Boom Remove and Install 69 kg 152 lb

Boom With Bucket Cylinders and Quik-Tatch™ Weight (approximate)

760 kg 1676 lb

Rear Pin Cap Screw (9) Torque

620 N·m 457 lb·ft

Front Pin Cap Screw (4) Torque

320 N·m 236 lb·ft

TX1222758A —UN—07SEP16

SPECIFICATIONS Upper Boom Link Weight (approximate)

Engine Cover Panel

SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS DFT1380 Lift Bracket

1— Cap Screw (4 used)

REMOVAL

2— Engine Cover Panel (2 used)

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Remove boom cylinders. See Boom Cylinder Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) 4. Remove engine side panels. See Side Panel Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 5. Remove engine cover. See Engine Cover Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 6. Remove cap screws (1) and engine cover panels (2) from both sides of machine. NM95233,00008CD -19-23JAN17-1/5

7. Support upper boom link (3) with appropriate lifting device.

TX1222759A —UN—07SEP16

Specification Upper Boom Link—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 69 kg 152 lb

8. Remove front pin cap screws (4) and pins from upper boom link. See Upper Boom Link Remove and Install. (Group 3140.) 9. Rest upper boom link on machine frame. Upper Boom Link 3— Upper Boom Link

4— Front Pin Cap Screw (2 used) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-6

NM95233,00008CD -19-23JAN17-2/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=276

Frame

10. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (5) from both sides of boom. 11. Install identification tags and disconnect attachment control frame harness-to-attachment control boom harness connector (X27) and Quik-Tatch™ frame harness-to-Quik-Tatch boom harness connectors (if equipped) (X56 and X57). X56— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Boom Harness Connector 1 (if equipped) X57— Quik-Tatch™ Frame Harness-to-Quik-Tatch Boom Harness Connector 2 (if equipped)

TX1222771A —UN—08SEP16

5— Hydraulic Line (5 used) X27— Attachment Control Frame Harness-toAttachment Control Boom Harness Connector

TX1222772A —UN—08SEP16

Hydraulic Lines

Electrical Connectors Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-7

NM95233,00008CD -19-23JAN17-3/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=277

Frame

12. Install hardware from boom cylinders in both sides of boom to use as rear lifting points (6).

TX1222773A —UN—08SEP16

13. Use handholds on front of boom as front lifting points (7). CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 14. Attach appropriate lifting device to boom using lifting points (6 and 7). DFT1380 Lift Bracket can be used. If used, see DFT1380 Lift Bracket. (Group 9900.) Specification Boom With Bucket Cylinders and Quik-Tatch™—Weight (approximate)................................................................................ 760 kg 1676 lb

Rear Lifting Point

NOTE: Boom must be raised high enough to allow rear lower boom link cap screw to clear engine compartment. 15. Raise boom so front of boom lifts before rear of boom to prevent front of boom from binding with frame. 7— Front Lifting Point (2 used) TX1222779A —UN—08SEP16

6— Rear Lifting Point (2 used)

Front Lifting Point Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-8

NM95233,00008CD -19-23JAN17-4/5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=278

Frame

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device.

TX1223078A —UN—12SEP16

16. Use appropriate lifting device to support lower boom links (8). 17. Remove rear pin cap screws (9) and pins from lower boom links. See Lower Boom Link Remove and Install. (Group 3140.) 18. Carefully remove boom from machine. 19. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

Lower Boom Link

INSTALLATION 8— Lower Boom Link (2 used)

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

9— Rear Pin Cap Screw (2 used)

• Apply clean 10W-30 oil or equivalent to threads of rear

pin cap screws (9) and front pin cap screws (4) before installation. • Tighten cap screws to specification. Apply torque to head of cap screw, not nut. Once torque requirement is reached, hit cap screw head using dead-blow hammer to make tapered link pins flush. Tighten cap screws to specification again. Repeat process until tapered link pins are completely flush and torque specification is reached on both sides of machine.

Specification Rear Pin Cap Screw (9)—Torque.................................................................................620 N·m 457 lb·ft Front Pin Cap Screw (4)—Torque.................................................................................320 N·m 236 lb·ft NM95233,00008CD -19-23JAN17-5/5

Boom Lock Remove and Install 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Lower boom to ground. 3. Open engine cover. 4. Raise operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 5. Remove cap screws (2).

TX1134421A —UN—24APR13

6. Remove boom lock assembly (1). 7. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Boom Lock Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3140.) 8. Install boom lock assembly and cap screws. 9. Lower operator's station. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 1— Boom Lock Assembly

2— Cap Screw (2 used)

Boom Lock Assembly (rear view) NM95233,00008CE -19-28FEB18-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-9

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=279

Frame

Boom Lock Disassemble and Assemble 1. Remove spring (1) from bracket (2) and pin linkage (3). 2. Remove cotter pin (4) and pin linkage clevis head pin (5) from pin linkage. 3. Remove spring pin (6), bellcrank (7), and lever (8) from bracket. TX1135801A —UN—01MAY13

4. Remove cotter pin (9), boom lock clevis head pin (10), and boom lock pin (11) from pin linkage. 5. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 6. Install bracket and bellcrank to lever with spring pin. 7. Install bellcrank to pin linkage with pin linkage clevis head pin and cotter pin. 8. Install boom lock pin to pin linkage with boom lock clevis head pin and cotter pin. 7— Bellcrank 8— Lever 9— Cotter Pin 10— Boom Lock Clevis Head Pin 11— Boom Lock Pin

TX1135802A —UN—01MAY13

1— Spring 2— Bracket 3— Pin Linkage 4— Cotter Pin 5— Pin Linkage Clevis Head Pin 6— Spring Pin

Boom Lock Pin Linkage

TX1135803A —UN—01MAY13

Pin Linkage Clevis Head Pin

Boom Lock Pin NM95233,00008CF -19-29AUG16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3140-10

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=280

Group 3160

Hydraulic System Control Valve Remove and Install SPECIFICATIONS 29 kg 64 lb

Control Valve Weight (approximate)

REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.

TX1224191A —UN—22SEP16

Control Valve (right side view)

4. Install identification tags and disconnect connectors from solenoids (Y4 and Y19—Y24). 5. Mark all hydraulic hoses and lines to aid in assembly. TX1224192A —UN—22SEP16

6. Install identification tags and disconnect all hydraulic lines from control valve (75). Close all openings using caps and plugs. For line identification, see Hydraulic System Component Location. (Group 9025-10.) CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 7. Attach appropriate lifting device to control valve.

Control Valve (front view)

Specification Control Valve—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 29 kg 64 lb

1— Cap Screw (2 used) 75— Control Valve Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Solenoid

8. Remove cap screws (1) and control valve. 9. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Operate machine and hydraulic functions to remove air

Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid Y23— Auxiliary Port (male) Solenoid Y24— Auxiliary Port (female) Solenoid

• Calibrate hydraulic system. See Boom and Bucket

Calibration and see Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration. (Group 9015-20.) • Check system for leaks. Repair as necessary. • Check hydraulic reservoir oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

from system. See Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3160.)

NM95233,00008D1 -19-05OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=281

Hydraulic System

Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble 24 N·m 216 lb·in

Plug (58) Torque

14 N·m 120 lb·in

Plug (59) Torque

24 N·m 216 lb·in

Plug (60) Torque

24 N·m 216 lb·in

Plug (61) Torque

100 N·m 74 lb·ft

Plug (62) Torque

61 N·m 45 lb·ft

Lift Check Valve Cap Torque

65 N·m 48 lb·ft

Circuit Relief Valve and Anticavitation Torque

34 N·m 25 lb·ft

System Relief Valve Plug Torque

44 N·m 33 lb·ft

System Relief Valve Torque

65 N·m 48 lb·ft

Plug Torque

44 N·m 33 lb·ft

Port Lock Solenoid Valve Torque

26 N·m 228 lb·in

Port Lock Solenoid Nut Torque

6 N·m 54 lb·in

Auxiliary Spool Plug Torque

9 N·m 84 lb·in

Socket Head Cap Screw Torque

9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

Socket Head Cap Screw Torque

9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

Socket Head Cap Screw Torque

9.5 N·m 84 lb·in

Socket Head Cap Screw Torque

2 N·m 18 lb·in

TX1070721A —UN—08FEB10

SPECIFICATIONS Plug (57) Torque

Control Valve 1— Orifice

2— Boom Up Port

OTHER MATERIAL PM37418 U.S. Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength) PM38621 Canadian Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength) 242 LOCTITE® Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength)

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. 1. Place control valve on clean work surface. 2. Clean exterior of control valve. NOTE: Boom up port (2) has an orifice (1) installed under hydraulic fitting. 3. If necessary, remove fittings from work ports on control valve. Remove orifice from boom up port. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-2

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-1/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=282

Hydraulic System LOCTITE is a trademark of Henkel Corporation VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-2/31

IMPORTANT: Mark location and orientation of solenoids (Y19—Y24) to aid in assembly. Boom down pilot solenoid is NOT interchangeable. 4. Remove pilot solenoids from control valve. Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid Y23— Auxiliary Port Solenoid (male) Y24— Auxiliary Port Solenoid (female)

TX1070989A —UN—11FEB10

3— Socket Head Cap Screw (12 used) Y19— Boom Up Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Solenoid Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid

Control Valve VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-3/31

TX1037695A —UN—03MAR08

NOTE: Auxiliary spool valve cap (7) and manifold (8) are under spring tension. Hold valve cap and manifold during removal and alternately loosen socket head cap screws (6) to relieve spring tension. 5. Remove auxiliary spool valve cap and manifold. 6— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 used) 7— Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap

8— Manifold

Valve Cap and Manifold Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-3

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-4/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=283

Hydraulic System

6. Remove O-rings (11 and 12), spring seats (9), and springs (10) from each spool bore. Discard O-rings. 10— Spring (3 used) 11— O-Ring (3 used) 12— O-Ring (2 used)

TX1037702A —UN—03MAR08

6— Socket Head Screw (6 used) 7— Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap 8— Manifold 9— Spring Seat (3 used)

TX1037754A —UN—03MAR08

Control Valve Manifold

Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-5/31

TX1038045A —UN—12MAR08

NOTE: Boom spool valve cap (14) and auxiliary spool valve cap (15) are under spring tension. Hold valve caps during removal and alternately loosen socket head cap screws (13) to relieve spring tension. 7. Remove spool valve caps. 13— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 14— Boom Spool Valve Cap

15— Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap

Control Valve End Caps Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-4

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-6/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=284

Hydraulic System

8. Remove O-rings (16), springs (17, 19, and 20), and spring seats (18 and 21) from each spool bore. Discard O-rings. 18— Spring Seat 19— Spring 20— Spring 21— Spring Seat

TX1161343A —UN—21MAY14

13— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 14— Boom Spool Valve Cap 15— Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap 16— O-Ring (2 used) 17— Spring

TX1037683A —UN—03MAR08

Valve Cap Boom

Valve Cap Auxiliary VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-7/31

TX1037767A —UN—05MAR08

NOTE: Manifold (23) is under spring tension. Hold manifold during removal and alternately loosen socket head cap screws (22) to relieve spring tension. 9. Remove manifold. 22— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used)

23— Manifold

Control Valve Manifold Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-5

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-8/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=285

Hydraulic System

10. Remove O-rings (26 and 27), spring (28), and spring seats (29 and 56). Discard O-rings. 28— Spring 29— Spring Seat 56— Spring Seat

TX1037771A —UN—12MAR08

22— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 23— Manifold 26— O-Ring (3 used) 27— O-Ring (2 used)

Control Valve Manifold VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-9/31

NOTE: Mark location and orientation of spools (31—33) to control valve housing to aid in assembly.

31— Auxiliary Spool 32— Bucket Spool

TX1037777A —UN—12MAR08

11. Remove spools from control valve bores. 33— Boom Spool

XJ1278388A —UN—21MAY19

Control Valve Spools

Control Valve Spool Assemblies Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-6

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-10/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=286

Hydraulic System

12. Mark position of electrical connector on port lock solenoid (Y4) to aid in assembly.

34— Nut 36— Port Lock Solenoid Valve 37— O-Ring 38— O-Ring

TX1070993A —UN—11FEB10

13. Remove nut (34). Remove port lock solenoid and port lock solenoid valve (36). 39— Backup Ring (2 used) 40— O-Ring 41— Backup Ring (2 used) Y4— Port Lock Solenoid

TX1070994A —UN—11FEB10

Port Lock Solenoid Valve

Port Lock Solenoid Valve VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-11/31

NOTE: Plug (42) is under spring tension. Hold tension against plug during removal. 14. Remove plug from control valve. TX1037789A —UN—03MAR08

NOTE: Close tolerances between control valve body and spool (44) may prevent easy removal of spool from plug end. Spool may be removed from control valve body after removing system relief valve (46) and plug (55). Remove spring (45) and gently tap on spool end to remove. 15. Remove spool and spring from control valve body. Port Lock Spool Assembly 44— Spool 45— Spring

TX1037792A —UN—03MAR08

42— Plug 43— O-Ring

Port Lock Spool Assembly Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-7

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-12/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=287

Hydraulic System

16. Remove system relief valve (46).

TX1037799A —UN—03MAR08

46— System Relief Valve

System Relief Valve VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-13/31

17. Remove system relief valve plug (55).

TX1037852A —UN—03MAR08

55— Valve Plug

System Relief Valve Plug VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-14/31

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic system malfunction from installing circuit relief and anticavitation valves (47—49) in wrong circuit. TX1037805A —UN—04MAR08

18. Mark circuit relief and anticavitation valve to control valve location and orientation for each circuit relief and anticavitation valve. 19. Remove circuit relief and anticavitation valves and plug (50). 47— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 48— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

49— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 50— Plug

Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-8

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-15/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=288

Hydraulic System

20. Remove lift check valve caps (51), springs (53), and poppets (54) from control valve. 53— Spring (3 used) 54— Poppet (3 used) TX1037809A —UN—03MAR08

51— Valve Cap (3 used) 52— O-Ring (3 used)

TX1037810A —UN—03MAR08

Lift Check Valves

Lift Check Valves Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-9

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-16/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=289

Hydraulic System

21. Remove plugs (57—62) from control valve body. 22. Clean parts. Inspect parts for scratches, burrs, and debris. Repair or replace parts as necessary. TX1038048A —UN—12MAR08

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to control valve. Apply clean hydraulic oil to all internal parts before assembling. 23. Install new O-rings on plugs (57—62). 24. Install plugs to control valve. Tighten plugs to specification.

57— Plug (2 used) 58— Plug 59— Plug (on bottom of control valve)

60— Plug (2 used) 61— Plug (power beyond port) 62— Plug (if not equipped with high flow hydraulics) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-10

Control Valve Plugs

TX1038047A —UN—12MAR08

Specification Plug (57)—Torque.........................................................................24 N·m 216 lb·in Plug (58)—Torque.........................................................................14 N·m 120 lb·in Plug (59)—Torque.........................................................................24 N·m 216 lb·in Plug (60)—Torque.........................................................................24 N·m 216 lb·in Plug (61)—Torque.......................................................................100 N·m 74 lb·ft Plug (62)—Torque.........................................................................61 N·m 45 lb·ft

Control Valve Plugs

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-17/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=290

Hydraulic System

25. Install new O-rings (52) on lift check valve caps (51). 26. Install poppets (54), springs (53), and lift check valve caps to control valve. TX1037809A —UN—03MAR08

27. Tighten lift check valve caps to specification. Specification Lift Check Valve Cap—Torque.................................................................................65 N·m 48 lb·ft 51— Valve Cap (3 used) 52— O-Ring (3 used)

53— Spring (3 used) 54— Poppet (3 used)

TX1037810A —UN—03MAR08

Lift Check Vales

Lift Check Valves VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-18/31

28. Install new O-rings on circuit relief and anticavitation valves (47—49) and plug (50).

TX1037805A —UN—04MAR08

IMPORTANT: Avoid hydraulic system malfunction. Make sure circuit relief and anticavitation valves are installed in correct circuits. 29. Install circuit relief and anticavitation valves and plug to control valve. Tighten to specification. Specification Circuit Relief Valve and Anticavitation—Torque..................................................................34 N·m 25 lb·ft Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valves 47— Bucket Curl Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 48— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

49— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 50— Plug Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-11

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-19/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=291

Hydraulic System

30. Install new O-ring on system relief valve plug (55). 31. Install system relief valve plug to control valve. Tighten valve plug to specification. TX1037852A —UN—03MAR08

Specification System Relief Valve Plug—Torque.................................................................................44 N·m 33 lb·ft 55— Valve Plug

System Relief Valve Plug VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-20/31

32. Install new O-rings and back up rings on system relief valve (46).

TX1037799A —UN—03MAR08

33. Install system relief valve to control valve. Tighten valve to specification. Specification System Relief Valve—Torque...............................................................................65 N·m 48 lb·ft 46— System Relief Valve

System Relief Valve Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-12

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-21/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=292

Hydraulic System

34. Install new O-ring (43) on plug (42). 35. Install spring (45) and spool (44) to control valve.

TX1037789A —UN—03MAR08

36. Install plug (42) and tighten to specification. Specification Plug—Torque.................................................................................44 N·m 33 lb·ft 42— Plug 43— O-Ring

44— Spool 45— Spring

TX1037792A —UN—03MAR08

Port Lock Spool Assembly

Port Lock Spool Assembly VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-22/31

37. Install new O-rings (37, 38, and 40) and back up rings (39 and 41) on port lock solenoid valve (36).

TX1070993A —UN—11FEB10

38. Install port lock solenoid valve to control valve body. Tighten to specification. Specification Port Lock Solenoid Valve—Torque...............................................................................26 N·m 228 lb·in

39. Install port lock solenoid (Y4) to solenoid valve, aligning solenoid to control valve body with mark made during disassembly. Port Lock Solenoid Valve

40. Apply PM37418 Thread Lock and Sealer (medium strength) to nut. Tighten nut to specification.

34— Nut 36— Port Lock Solenoid Valve 37— O-Ring 38— O-Ring

TX1070994A —UN—11FEB10

Specification Port Lock Solenoid Nut—Torque....................................................................................6 N·m 54 lb·in 39— Backup Ring (2 used) 40— O-Ring 41— Backup Ring (2 used) Y4— Port Lock Solenoid

Port Lock Solenoid Valve Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-13

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-23/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=293

Hydraulic System

IMPORTANT: Prevent auxiliary spool malfunction. Ensure auxiliary spool plug is tightened to correct specification. TX1037777A —UN—12MAR08

41. Tighten auxiliary spool (31) to specification. Specification Auxiliary Spool Plug—Torque...................................................................................9 N·m 84 lb·in

NOTE: Valve spools can be identified by number of grooves on clevis end of spool.

• Boom spool has one groove. • Bucket spool has four grooves. • Auxiliary spool has three grooves.

Control Valve Spools

31— Auxiliary Spool 32— Bucket Spool

XJ1278388A —UN—21MAY19

42. Install spool assemblies (31—33) to control valve housing. 33— Boom Spool

Control Valve Spool Assemblies VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-24/31

43. Install new O-rings (26 and 27) to manifold (23).

22— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 23— Manifold 26— O-Ring (3 used) 27— O-Ring (2 used)

TX1037771A —UN—12MAR08

44. Install manifold, spring (28), and spring seats (29 and 56) to control valve. 28— Spring 29— Spring Seat 56— Spring Seat

Control Valve Manifold Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-14

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-25/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=294

Hydraulic System

45. Tighten socket head cap screws (22) to specification.

22— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used)

TX1037767A —UN—05MAR08

Specification Socket Head Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in 23— Manifold

Control Valve Manifold VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-26/31

46. Install new O-rings (16) on spool valve caps (14 and 15).

13— Socket Head Cap Screw 14— Boom Spool Valve Cap 15— Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap 16— O-Ring (2 used) 17— Spring

TX1161343A —UN—21MAY14

47. Install valve caps, springs (17,19, and 20) and spring seats (18 and 21) to control valve. 18— Spring Seat 19— Spring 20— Spring 21— Spring Seat

TX1037683A —UN—03MAR08

Boom Spool Valve Cap

Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-15

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-27/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=295

Hydraulic System

48. Install socket head cap screws (13) and tighten to specification.

13— Socket Head Cap Screw (4 used) 14— Boom Spool Valve Cap

TX1038045A —UN—12MAR08

Specification Socket Head Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in 15— Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap

Control Valve End Caps VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-28/31

49. Install new O-rings (11 and 12) on auxiliary spool valve cap (7) and manifold (8).

TX1037702A —UN—03MAR08

50. Install valve cap, manifold, springs (10), and spring seats (9) to control valve with socket head cap screws (6). 51. Tighten socket head cap screws to specification. Specification Socket Head Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................9.5 N·m 84 lb·in 10— Spring (3 used) 11— O-Ring (3 used) 12— O-Ring (2 used)

Control Valve Manifold

TX1037754A —UN—03MAR08

6— Socket Head Cap Screw (6 used) 7— Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap 8— Manifold 9— Spring Seat (3 used)

TX1037695A —UN—03MAR08

Auxiliary Spool Valve Cap

Valve Cap and Manifold Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-16

VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-29/31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=296

Hydraulic System

52. Install new O-rings on pilot solenoids (Y19—Y24). 53. Install pilot solenoids (Y19—Y24) to control valve. Tighten pilot solenoids to specification. Specification Socket Head Cap Screw—Torque................................................................................2 N·m 18 lb·in Y22— Bucket Dump Solenoid Y23— Auxiliary Port Solenoid (male) Y24— Auxiliary Port Solenoid (female) TX1070989A —UN—11FEB10

3— Socket Head Cap Screw (12 used) Y19— Boom Up Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Solenoid Y21— Bucket Curl Solenoid

Control Valve VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-30/31

NOTE: Boom up port (2) has an orifice (1) installed under hydraulic fitting. 54. Install orifice in boom up port.

1— Orifice

TX1030610A —UN—24OCT07

55. Install work port fittings as necessary. 2— Boom Up Port

Control Valve Ports VK00427,0000140 -19-10JUN19-31/31

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-17

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=297

Hydraulic System

Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.

TX1223474A —UN—16SEP16

Front of Machine

TX1223476A —UN—16SEP16

1— Cap Screw (4 used) 2— Cap Screw (4 used) 3— Washer (4 used)

TX1223477A —UN—16SEP16

Rear of Machine

Left Side Boom Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-18

NM95233,00008DD -19-25OCT16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=298

Hydraulic System

5. Pull plate (6) and auxiliary coupler manifold (114) out of boom. 6. Remove cap screws (7) and plate. TX1223478A —UN—16SEP16

7. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (256, 278, and 279). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 8. Remove auxiliary coupler manifold. 9. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. See Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) Auxiliary Coupler Manifold

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

256— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Auxiliary Male Port Line 278— Hydraulic Control Valve-to-Auxiliary Female Port Line 279— Auxiliary Case Drain Port-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line TX1223479A —UN—05OCT16

6— Plate 7— Cap Screw (2 used) 114— Auxiliary Coupler Manifold

Hydraulic Lines NM95233,00008DD -19-25OCT16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-19

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=299

Hydraulic System

Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Disassemble and Assemble

TX1223480A —UN—16SEP16

DISASSEMBLE

Auxiliary Coupler Manifold 1— Fitting (2 used) 2— Fitting 3— Spring (2 used)

4— Spring 5— Male Coupler 6— Male Coupler

7— Female Coupler 114— Auxiliary Coupler Manifold

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Remove auxiliary coupler manifold. See Auxiliary Coupler Manifold Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) 3. Apply alignment marks on fittings to aid in assembly. 4. Disassemble components as shown.

5. Clean and inspect parts. Replace as necessary. ASSEMBLE Assemble components.

• Apply clean oil to O-rings before assembling. • Use alignment marks to aid in tightening fittings. NM95233,00008DE -19-25OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=300

Hydraulic System

Self Leveling Valve Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

TX1223213 —UN—29SEP16

2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Remove foot pedal assembly if equipped. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 4. Clean self leveling valve (99) and adjacent areas. 5. Install identification tags and disconnect ride control reservoir solenoid (Y8) and self leveling solenoid (Y38). 6. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (139, 206—211, and 241). Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Remove cap screws (2) and self leveling valve (99). 8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Self Leveling Valve Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 3160.) INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

Self Leveling Valve (top view) 2— Cap Screw (2 used) 99— Self Leveling Valve 139— Hydraulic Control Valve (boom lower port)-to-Self Leveling Valve (port B) Line 206— Self Leveling Valve (port A)-to-Boom Cylinder (rod end) Line (2 used) 208— Self Leveling Valve (port D)-to-Bucket Cylinder (head end) Line 209— Self Leveling Valve (port C)-to-Bucket Cylinder (rod end) Line

210— Hydraulic Control Valve (bucket dump port)-to-Self Leveling Valve (port D) Line 211— Hydraulic Control Valve (bucket curl port)-to-Self Leveling Valve (port C) Line 241— Self Leveling Valve (port T)-to-Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Line Y8— Ride Control Reservoir Solenoid Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid

• Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

NM95233,00008D3 -19-25OCT16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-21

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=301

Hydraulic System

Self Leveling Valve Disassemble and Assemble

TX1223703A —UN—16SEP16

DISASSEMBLE

Self Leveling Valve Fittings 1— Tee Fitting (2 used)

2— Elbow Fitting 3— Elbow Fitting

4— Tee Fitting

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Remove self leveling valve. See Self Leveling Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)

3. Apply alignment marks on fittings to aid in assembly. 4. Remove fittings (1—4) if necessary. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-22

NM95233,00008DC -19-04OCT16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=302

TX1223704A —UN—20SEP16

Hydraulic System

Self Leveling Valve Components 5— Nut 6— Spring 7— Unloader Valve 8— Plug 9— Spring 10— Spring Seat 11— Plug

12— Flow Divider Valve 17— Nut Y38— Self Leveling Solenoid 13— Plug 18— Ride Control Solenoid Valve 14— Adjustable Orifice 19— Self Leveling Valve 15— Nut Y8— Ride Control Reservoir 16— Self Leveling Solenoid Valve Solenoid

5. Disassemble components as shown. 6. Clean and inspect parts. Replace as necessary.

• Apply clean oil to O-rings before assembling. • Use alignment marks to aid in tightening fittings.

ASSEMBLE Assemble components as shown. NM95233,00008DC -19-04OCT16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-23

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=303

Hydraulic System

Ride Control Accumulator Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface.

TX1223288A —UN—16SEP16

CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Remove foot pedal assembly if equipped. See Electrohydraulic (EH) Foot Pedal Assembly Remove and Install. (Group 1910.) 4. Install identification tags and disconnect ride control accumulator solenoid (Y7). 5. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (234, 239, and 268.) Close all openings using caps and plugs. 6. Remove clamps (2). 7. Remove ride control accumulator (165) and ride control accumulator valve (166) as one assembly.

Control Valve (left side shown) 2— Clamp (2 used) 165— Ride Control Accumulator 166— Ride Control Accumulator Valve 234— Hydraulic Control Valve (boom up port)-to-Ride Control Valve Line

239— Ride Control Valve-to-Boom Cylinder (rod end) Line 268— Ride Control Valve-to-Boom Lowering Valve Line Y7— Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid

8. Remove ride control accumulator from assembly. 9. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

• Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Charge ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Gas Charge Procedure—If Equipped. (Group 9025-20.)

NM95233,00008D4 -19-29SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=304

Hydraulic System

Ride Control Accumulator Valve Remove and Install REMOVAL TX1223449A —UN—16SEP16

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. 2. Remove ride control accumulator assembly. See Ride Control Accumulator Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) 3. Remove fitting (1), ride control accumulator (165), and ride control accumulator solenoid (Y7) from ride control accumulator valve (166). 4. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace as necessary. INSTALLATION

Ride Control Accumulator Assembly 1— Fitting 165— Ride Control Accumulator

166— Ride Control Accumulator Valve Y7— Ride Control Accumulator Solenoid

Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Charge ride control accumulator. See Ride Control Accumulator Gas Charge Procedure—If Equipped. (Group 9025-20.)

• Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

NM95233,00008D5 -19-21SEP16-1/1

Boom Cylinder Remove and Install 31 kg 69 lb

Cap Screw (2) Torque (lubricated)

128 N·m 94 lb·ft

Cap Screw (5) Initial Torque

380 N·m 280 lb·ft

Cap Screw (5) Loosen

1-turn (360°)

Cap Screw (5) Final Torque

300 N·m + 105° Turn 221 lb·ft + 105° Turn

TX1223845A —UN—21SEP16

SPECIFICATIONS Boom Cylinder Weight (approximate)

This procedure shows removal of boom cylinder from left side of machine. Procedure is the same for right side of machine.

Boom Cylinder Plumbing (left side of machine shown) 1— Hydraulic Line (2 used)

REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure. 2. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.) 3. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic lines (1). Close all openings using caps and plugs. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-25

NM95233,00008D7 -19-07SEP17-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=305

Hydraulic System

4. Remove cap screw (2) and pin (3) from boom cylinder lower pivot.

TX1223844A —UN—21SEP16

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 5. Attach appropriate lifting device to boom cylinder (4). Specification Boom Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 31 kg 69 lb

6. Remove cap screw (5) and nut (6).

Boom Cylinder Lower Pivot Pin

7. Remove boom cylinder from pin in boom. IMPORTANT: Prevent cylinder malfunction. Inspect O-rings on hydraulic fittings for wear or damage. TX1223846A —UN—21SEP16

8. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure.

• Tighten cap screw (2) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (2)—Torque (lubricated)..................................................................................128 N·m 94 lb·ft

Boom Cylinder Upper Pivot Pin

• Using the three stages of torque values listed below, tighten cap screw (5) to specification.

• Tighten cap screw (5) to initial torque. Specification Cap Screw (5)—Initial Torque.........................................................................................380 N·m 280 lb·ft TX1223847A —UN—05OCT16

• Loosen cap screw (5) 1-turn (360°). Specification Cap Screw (5)—Loosen....................................................... 1-turn (360°)

• Tighten cap screw (5) to final torque with an additional 105° rotation.

Specification Cap Screw (5)—Final Torque.....................................................................300 N·m + 105° Turn 221 lb·ft + 105° Turn

• Perform hydraulic cylinder bleed procedure. See

Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3160.)

• Check hydraulic oil level. See Check Hydraulic Oil

Boom Cylinder Upper Pivot Nut 2— Cap Screw 3— Pin 4— Boom Cylinder

5— Cap Screw 6— Nut

Level. (Operator’s Manual.)

NM95233,00008D7 -19-07SEP17-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-26

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=306

Hydraulic System

Bucket Cylinder Remove and Install 24 kg 53 lb

Cap Screw (10) Torque

73 N·m 54 lb·ft

TX1225340A —UN—06OCT16

SPECIFICATIONS Bucket Cylinder Weight (approximate)

This procedure shows removal of bucket cylinder from right side of machine. Procedure is the same for left side of machine. REMOVAL Quik-Tatch™ Coupler Cover

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. NOTE: Bucket cylinders can only be removed with boom lowered to ground.

1— Blocking 2— Quik-Tatch™ Coupler

2. Place blocking (1) in front of machine as shown.

3— Cap Screw (7 used) 4— Cover

pressure in the system before disconnecting or connecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections before applying pressure.

3. Roll Quik-Tatch™ coupler (2) full forward and lower boom onto blocking.

5. Relieve hydraulic system pressure. See Hydraulic System Pressure Release. (Group 9025-25.)

4. Remove cap screws (3) and cover (4). CAUTION: To avoid injury from escaping fluid under pressure, stop engine and relieve the Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-27

NM95233,00008D8 -19-14OCT16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=307

Hydraulic System

6. Install identification tags and disconnect lines (5 and 6) from bucket cylinder (9). Close all openings using caps and plugs. TX1225661A —UN—10OCT16

7. Remove snap ring (7). 8. Remove cap screw (10), nut (11), and pin (12) from coupler and lower pivot on bucket cylinder. CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate lifting device. 9. Attach appropriate lifting device to bucket cylinder. Bucket Cylinder Plumbing (right side shown)

Specification Bucket Cylinder—Weight (approximate).................................................................................. 24 kg 53 lb

TX1225662A —UN—10OCT16

10. Pivot bucket cylinder up and remove cylinder from upper pivot pin (8). 11. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) 12. Repeat steps on opposite side of machine if necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. Bucket Cylinder Lower Pivot (electric Quik-Tatch™ coupler shown)

• Tighten cap screw (10) to specification. Specification Cap Screw (10)—Torque.................................................................................73 N·m 54 lb·ft

5— Bucket Dump Line 6— Bucket Curl Line 7— Snap Ring 8— Upper Pivot Pin

9— Bucket Cylinder 10— Cap Screw 11— Nut 12— Pin

• Perform hydraulic cylinder bleed procedure. See

Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3160.)

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company NM95233,00008D8 -19-14OCT16-2/2

Hydraulic Cylinder Disassemble and Assemble For hydraulic cylinder repair information, See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NM95233,00008D9 -19-10SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-28

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=308

Hydraulic System

Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Remove and Install REMOVAL 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat, level surface. See Park and Prepare for Service Safely. (Group 0001.) 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. See Boom Lock. (Operator's Manual.)

TX1308183A —UN—20JAN21

Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 1— Hydraulic Hose (2 used) 2— Adapter (2 used) 3— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold

4— Cap Screw (4 used) B5—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch

6. Remove footwell. See Footwell Removal. (Operator’s Manual.) IMPORTANT: Prevent possible system contamination. Absolute cleanliness is essential when working on hydraulic components. Clean component and adjacent areas before starting work. Close all openings using caps and plugs. 7. Clean hydraulic oil filter manifold (3) and adjacent areas. 8. Install identification tags and remove hydraulic hoses (1) and adapters (2). Close all openings using caps and plugs.

9. Install identification tags and disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B5) connectors. 10. Remove cap screws (4) and hydraulic oil filter manifold (3). 11. Clean and inspect components. Repair or replace components as necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is reverse of removal procedure. MM16284,0002D2C -19-01FEB21-1/1

Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure

1. Run engine at slow idle.

IMPORTANT: Trapped air suddenly compressed in a cylinder is heated and ignites oil used for assembly causing cap seal and ring damage. Start with cylinder rod retracted and rod end filled with clean oil. Connect cylinder head end and lines. Operate function to slowly extend rod. Procedure will eliminate most of air and reduce possibility of damage.

2. Slowly operate function to move cylinder to most horizontal position possible. 3. Slowly extend and retract cylinder several times to approximately 100 mm (4 in.) from end of stroke. 4. Operate cylinder several times to full stroke. 5. Check hydraulic reservoir oil level.

NOTE: Bleed air at initial start up whenever major repairs or maintenance (oil change) is done on hydraulic system, or when machine has been in storage for a period of time.

• For wheeled machines, see Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)

• For tracked machines, see Check Hydraulic Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)

NM95233,00008DB -19-10SEP16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-29

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=309

Hydraulic System

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

31-3160-30

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=310

Contents

Section 99 Dealer Fabricated Tools

Page

Group 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool ........................................................ 99-9900-1 DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool ............................................. 99-9900-5 DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness ................................................. 99-9900-6 DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench ....................... 99-9900-7 DFT1334 Gearbox Turning Tool ................ 99-9900-8 DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor ........................................... 99-9900-9 DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor ......................................... 99-9900-10 DFT1380 Lift Bracket............................... 99-9900-12

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=1

Contents

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=2

Group 9900

Dealer Fabricated Tools ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool NOTE: See DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool that is recommended to be used with track recoil spring disassembly and assembly tool. Dimensions given are metric. Tool is the same as used on other machines except the holder (C). For each track adjuster use the holder with the correct size hole for the nut on that track adjuster. Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool (compression tool) is used with hydraulic jack to compress recoil spring in track adjuster repair. Material required:

• 1020 HR Steel for Holder (C), Supporting Plate (E), Base Plate (F), and Base (G).

T6585UY —UN—24MAR98

• “D” Grade (SAE Grade 5) for Eyebolts (D), Nuts (A), and Cap Screws (H).

• “F” Grade (SAE Grade 8) for Studs (B). Print Numbers:

• A-ST4050 Nut • B-ST4045 Bolt • C-ST4035 Holder (Plate) • -ST4036 Holder (Plate) • -ST4037 Holder (Plate) • D-ST4047 Eyebolt • E-ST4040 Supporting Base • F-ST4042 Base Plate • G-ST4041 Base • H-ST4046 Cap Screw • I-ST4049 Lock Washer

A—Nut (12 used) B—Stud (4 used) C—Holder D—Eyebolt (2 used) E—Supporting Plate

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-1

F— Base Plate G—Base (4 used) H—Cap Screw (8 used) I— Lock Washer (8 used)

AB06447,0000C69 -19-19FEB16-1/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=313

T7029CI —UN—06JUL89

Dealer Fabricated Tools

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-2

AB06447,0000C69 -19-19FEB16-2/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=314

T7029CH —UN—06JUL89

Dealer Fabricated Tools

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-3

AB06447,0000C69 -19-19FEB16-3/4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=315

T7029CG —UN—06JUL89

Dealer Fabricated Tools

AB06447,0000C69 -19-19FEB16-4/4

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=316

Dealer Fabricated Tools

T7162AF —UN—17OCT89

DFT1087 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool

DFT1087 Dimensions A—3/16 in 1020 CR Steel Plate B—9/16 in Hole (2 places)

C—1/2 in Nut (2 used) E—1/2 x 3 in Steel Round Stock D—1/2 x 2 in Cap Screw (2 used) (2 used)

Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Guard Tool is used with ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool. See ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool. (Group 9900.) Material required:

• 3/16 in 1020 CR Steel Plate (A) • 9/16 in Hole (2 places) (B) • 1/2 in Nut (2 used) (C) • 1/2 x 2 in Cap Screw (D) (2 used) • 1/2 x 3 in Steel Round Stock (E) (2 used) TX,DFT1087 -19-08JUN16-1/2

Track Recoil Spring Guard Tool...........................DFT1087

Used with ST4920 Track Recoil Spring Disassembly and Assembly Tool. TX,DFT1087 -19-08JUN16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=317

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness Material required:

TX1076018A —UN—08APR10

• Spring clip (2 used) • DT06-2S DEUTSCH™ 2-pin connector • 244 cm (96 in) 16 gauge red wire • 244 cm (96 in) 16 gauge black wire • 221 cm (87 in) wire wrap The solenoid power harness is used to energize the fan bypass solenoid after installing a new fan bypass valve. This procedure is required to remove air from the solenoid valve to insure correct valve operation. The solenoid power harness is also used to energize the park brake solenoid on electrohydraulic (EH) control machines when adjusting the hydrostatic pump mechanical neutral position. Assemble harness: 1. Install spring clips to one end of black and red wires. 2. Load wires into Deutsch connector: Red wire in pin 1 and black wire in pin 2.

DFT1325 Solenoid Power Harness

3. Remove locking clip from connector to make it easier to remove connector from solenoid during use. 4. Install wire wrap on wires, leaving wires exposed on spring clip end for connecting to battery terminals.

DEUTSCH is a trademark of Deutsch Co. TX,DFT1325 -19-27MAY16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-6

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=318

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench 3

11 2

4 6 2

TX1080428 —UN—24AUG10

TX1080428 DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench 1— Tube, 7 mm (0.25 in) Wall Thickness 2— Plate 3— Bar (4 used)

4— 3/4-in Drive Socket 5— 159 mm (6.25 in) Diameter 6— 102 mm (4.0 in)

7— 13 mm (0.5 in) 8— 76 mm (3.0 in) 9— 146 mm (5.75 in) 10— 7 mm (0.25 in) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-7

11— 13 mm (0.5 in) 12— 64 mm (2.5 in)

TX,DFT1333 -19-27MAY16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=319

Dealer Fabricated Tools

The DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench is used to remove and install the lock nut in hydrostatic motor gearboxes (S.N. 192142— ). Material required:

• 1026 DOM seamless tube, 7 mm (0.25 in) wall thickness • 13 mm (0.5 in) steel plate • 7 mm (0.25 in) x 13 mm (0.5 in) bar stock • 3/4-in drive socket Assembly: 1. Cut tube (1), plate (2), and four bars (3) as shown. TX1081732A —UN—08SEP10

2. Weld plate and bars to tube. Bars must be evenly spaced at 90° intervals around tube. 3. Weld 3/4 in drive socket to plate.

DFT1333 Lock Nut Wrench TX,DFT1333 -19-27MAY16-2/2

DFT1334 Gearbox Turning Tool Used to turn hydrostatic motor gearbox to perform gearbox roll test on machines (S.N. 192142— ). TX1080645A —UN—06AUG10

Material required:

• T282126 Input Shaft • 1/2-in drive socket 1— T282126 Input Shaft

2— 1/2-in Drive Socket (weld on)

DFT1334 Gearbox Turning Tool TX,DFT1334 -19-26MAY16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=320

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor

TX1080429 —UN—09SEP10

6 8

TX1080429 DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor 1— 38 mm (1.5 in) Square Tube, 7 2— 320 mm (12.5 in) mm (0.25 in) Wall Thickness 3— 16 mm (0.63 in) 4— 280 mm (11.0 in)

5— M14 Threaded Rod (2 used) 6— 270 mm (10.5 in) 7— M14 Nut (2 used)

DFT1335 Park Brake Spring Compressor is used to compress the park brake springs when disassembling or assembling the hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gearbox for tracked machines (S.N. 192142— ).

8— M14 Flat Washer (2 used)

• 38 mm (1.5 in) square tube, 7 mm (0.25 in) wall thickness • M14 threaded rod • M14 nut (2 used) • M14 flat washer (2 used)

Material required: TX,DFT1335 -19-27MAY16-1/1

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-9

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=321

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TX1081737A —UN—09SEP10

DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor

DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor Components 1— Plate 2— M12 Threaded Rod (2 used) 3— M12 Flanged Nut (2 used)

4— M10 Threaded Rod (2 used) 5— M10 Flanged Nut (2 used)

6— 150 mm (5.9 in) 7— 120 mm (4.7 in) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-10

TX,DFT1336 -19-27MAY16-1/2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=322

TX1081758A —UN—09SEP10

Dealer Fabricated Tools

Plate Detail 8— 150 mm (5.9 in) 9— 40 mm (1.58 in) 10— 20 mm (0.79 in)

11— 40 mm (1.58 in) 12— 81.5 mm (3.2 in) 13— 70.5 mm (2.78 in)

14— Hole, 13 mm (0.5 in) Diameter 15— Hole, 11 mm (0.43 in) Diameter

NOTE: The M12 threaded rods (2) and M12 flanged nuts (3) are used with holes (14) when disassembling 329D and 333D hydrostatic motors. The M10 threaded rods (4) and M10 flanged nuts (5) are used with holes (15) when disassembling 319D and 323D hydrostatic motors.

• 7 mm (0.25 in) steel plate • M12 threaded rod • M10 threaded rod • M12 flanged nut (2 used) • M10 flanged nut (2 used) Assembly:

DFT1336 Bias Spring Compressor is used to compress the bias spring when disassembling or assembling the hydrostatic motor for tracked machines (S.N. 192142— ).

2. Measure and cut steel plate (1).

Material required:

3. Measure and drill holes (14—15) in plate.

1. Cut threaded rod pieces (2 and 4).

TX,DFT1336 -19-27MAY16-2/2

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=323

Dealer Fabricated Tools

DFT1380 Lift Bracket

Material required:

Load Rating: 2268 kg (5000 lb) Item

Description

Rough Size of Stock

Material

Square Tube

88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Wall

1018 Steel

Square Tube

88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Wall

1018 Steel

Square Tube (2 used)

88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Wall

1018 Steel

Square Tube (2 used)

88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 88.9 mm (3.5 in) x 9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Wall

1018 Steel

Cap Plate (4 used)

3.175 mm (0.125 in) Thick Plate

1018 Steel

Shackle Plate (4 used)

19.05 mm (0.75 in) Thick Plate

1018 Steel

Hook Ring

22.225 mm (0.875 in) Diameter Round Rod

1018 Steel

Gusset (2 used)

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Thick Plate

1018 Steel 1018 Steel

Hook Ring (4 used)

15.875 mm (0.625 in) Diameter Round Rod

Flat Sling (4 used)

Liftex EE291 or Similar

Nylon

Oblong Master Link

Columbus McKinnon CM HA100 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Shackle (4 used)

Gunnebo Industries SA-10-8 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Hook (8 used)

Gunnebo OBK-10-10 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Grab Hook (2 used)

Gunnebo OG-10-10 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Coupling Link (8 used)

Gunnebo G-10-10 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Chain (4 used)

30 Links

Grade 100

Master Ring (2 used)

Columbus McKinnon CM 554611 or Similar

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Chain (4 used)

10 Links

Grade 100

9.53 mm (0.375 in) Sling Coupling Link (4 used)

Gunnebo SKR/SKA-10-10 or Similar

Grade 100

Assembly:

5. Cut plates (5 and 6) and hook rings (7 and 9) as shown.

1. Cut square tubes (1 and 2) and gussets (8) as shown.

6. Weld plates and hook rings to weldment (B) as shown.

2. Weld square tubes and gussets as shown.

7. Assemble items (11—18) to weldment (C) as shown.

3. Cut square tubes (3 and 4) as shown. 4. Weld square tubes to weldment (A) as shown. Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-12

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-1/11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=324

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

TX1228626

TX1228626 —UN—12DEC16

A-A

99-9900-13

Continued on next page

Dealer Fabricated Tools

PN=325

020121

1028.17 mm (40.479 in)

0.25 0.25

2006.60 mm (79.000 in)

(120.00˚)

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

978.43 mm (38.521 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (1 of 5)

1780.84 mm (70.112 in)

976.84 mm (38.458 in)

39.69 mm (1.563 in)

2006.60 mm (79.000 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

87.99 mm 3.464 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

9.53 mm (0.375 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

9.53 mm (0.375 in) 88.90 mm (3.500 in)

175.98 mm 6.928 in)

60.00˚

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-2/11

9.53 mm (0.375 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-14

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=326

Dealer Fabricated Tools

1— Square Tube 2— Square Tube 8— Gusset (2 used)

21— Weld 1 (2 places) 22— Weld 2 (2 places)

23— Weld 3 (4 places) 24— Weld 4 (2 places) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-15

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-3/11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=327

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-16

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=328

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

TX1228627

TX1228627 —UN—12DEC16

A-A

99-9900-17

Continued on next page

Dealer Fabricated Tools

020121

PN=329

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

A 31

1782.22 mm (70.166 in)

1518.25 mm (59.774 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (2 of 5)

926.30 mm (36.468 in)

30.00˚

1080.29 mm (42.531 in)

60.00˚

1427.97 mm (56.219 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

773.11 mm (30.438 in)

30.00˚

60.00˚

9.53 mm (0.375 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-4/11

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

9.53 mm (0.375 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-18

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=330

Dealer Fabricated Tools

3— Square Tube (2 used) 4— Square Tube (2 used)

31— Weld 5 (4 places) 32— Weld 6 (4 places)

33— Weld 7 (4 places) 34— Weld 8 (4 places) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-19

A—Weldment TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-5/11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=331

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-20

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=332

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

TX1228628

TX1228628 —UN—29NOV16

203.69 mm (8.019 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

99-9900-21

Continued on next page

128.00 mm (5.039 in)

88.90 mm (3.500 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

R9.53 mm (0.375 in)

020121

PN=333

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

Ø22.23 mm (0.875 in)

3.18 mm (0.125 in)

50.80 mm (2.000 in)

19.05 mm (0.750 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (3 of 5)

50.80 mm (2.000 in)

101.60 mm (4.000 in)

Ø17.00 mm (0.669 in)

Ø15.88 mm (0.625 in)

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-6/11

19.05 mm (0.750 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-22

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=334

Dealer Fabricated Tools

5— Cap Plate (4 used)

6— Shackle Plate (4 used)

7— Hook Ring 9— Hook Ring (4 used) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-23

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-7/11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=335

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-24

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=336

A-A

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

TX1228629

TX1228629 —UN—12DEC16

0.125

11.11 mm (0.438 in)

Continued on next page

14.28 mm (0.562 in)

99-9900-25

14.28 mm (0.562 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

020121

PN=337

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

14.28 mm (0.562 in)

11.11 mm (0.438 in)

14.28 mm (0.562 in) 34.93 mm (1.375 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (4 of 5)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

34.93 mm (1.375 in)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

747.87 mm (29.444 in)

B-B

1787.72 mm (70.383 in)

0.125 0.125

1.38 mm (0.054 in)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

34.93 mm (1.375 in)

152.40 mm (6.000 in)

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-8/11

1083.47 mm (42.656 in)

273.54 mm (10.769 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-26

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=338

Dealer Fabricated Tools

5— Cap Plate (4 used) 6— Shackle Plate (4 used) 7— Hook Ring

9— Hook Ring (4 used) 41— Weld 9 (4 places) 42— Weld 10 (4 places)

43— Weld 11 (4 places, where possible) 44— Weld 12 (2 places, where possible) Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-27

B—Weldment

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-9/11

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=339

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-28

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=340

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

TX1229743

TX1229743 —UN—12DEC16

99-9900-29

Continued on next page

1787.72 mm (70.383 in)

Dealer Fabricated Tools

020121

PN=341

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

1082.67 mm (42.625 in)

DFT1380 Lift Bracket Assembly (5 of 5)

2789.07 mm (109.806 in)

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-10/11

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-30

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=342

Dealer Fabricated Tools

10— Flat Sling (4 used) 11— Master Link, Oblong 12— Shackle (4 used)

13— Safety Hook (8 used) 14— Choker Hook (2 used) 15— Coupling Link (8 used)

16— 3/8-in Chain, 10 Links (4 used) 17— Master Ring (2 used) 18— 3/8-in Chain, 30 Links (4 used)

C—Weldment

TX,DFT1380 -19-16DEC16-11/11

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-31

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=343

Dealer Fabricated Tools

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

99-9900-32

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader 020121 PN=344

Index Page Page

A Accessory drive belt tensioner Remove and install ...................................... 04-0400-18 Actuator Quik-Tatch™, remove and install ................... 31-3104-6 Aftertreatment assembly Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-1 Air cleaner Remove and install ........................................ 05-0520-1 Air conditioner Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-15 Air conditioner and heater Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-15 Air conditioner compressor Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-11 Air conditioner system Flush and purge ............................................. 18-1830-5 Air conditioning Charge ......................................................... 18-1830-10 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling........................................................ 18-1830-1 Air conditioning system Evacuate R134a system ................................ 18-1830-9 R134a refrigerant oil information.................... 18-1830-2 R134a refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station installation procedure ..................................................... 18-1830-3 Recover R134a refrigerant............................. 18-1830-4 Air spring Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-3 Alarm, backup Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-11 Alternator Remove and install ...................................... 04-0400-17 Assemble Gear case .................................................... 03-0360-20 Hydrostatic control valve.............................. 03-0360-56 Hydrostatic motor......................................... 03-0360-20 Hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case............................................................ 03-0360-20 Hydrostatic pump ......................................... 03-0360-37 Park brake.................................................... 03-0360-20 Attachments Adding safely ............................................... 00-0001-14 Operating safely........................................... 00-0001-14 Auxiliary coupler manifold Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-20 Remove and Install ...................................... 31-3160-18 Auxiliary fuel tank Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-3 Avoid static electricity risk when fueling ............ 00-0001-4

B Backup alarm Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-11

Battery Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-11 Blower Fan remove and install................................. 18-1830-16 Remove and Install ...................................... 18-1830-16 Boom Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-6 Boom cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-25 Boom link Lower, remove and install .............................. 31-3140-3 Upper, remove and install .............................. 31-3140-1 Boom lock Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3140-10 Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-9 Bucket cylinder Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-27

C Cab door Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-1 Charge air cooler Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-3 Charge pump Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-52 Cinch™ connectors Repair ............................................................ 16-1600-1 Cleaning procedure DEF tank ...................................................... 05-0530-11 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank ................... 05-0530-11 Cleanup procedure Hydraulic component failure .......................... 03-0360-1 Oil................................................................... 21-2160-1 Compact track loader, motor speed sensor Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-12 Component failure cleanup procedure Hydraulic/hydrostatic...................................... 21-2160-4 Compressor Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-11 Compressor bracket Remove and install ...................................... 04-0400-20 Condenser Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-14 Connector repair Blade terminal, remove connector body ............................................................. 16-1600-1 Cinch™ .......................................................... 16-1600-1 DEUTSCH® ................................................... 16-1600-1 Metri-Pack...................................................... 16-1600-1 Molex ............................................................. 16-1600-1 Tyco™............................................................ 16-1600-1 Weather Pack™............................................. 16-1600-1 Control panel Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-10 Control pattern Functions ....................................................... 00-0001-2 Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Index-1

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=1

Index

Page

Control valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 31-3160-2 Remove and install ........................................ 31-3160-1 Controller Left joystick, remove and install ..................... 16-1600-6 Cooling package Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-7 Cooling system Service safely............................................... 00-0001-16 Counterweight Remove and install ........................................ 17-1740-2 Coupler Quik-Tatch™, remove and install ................... 31-3104-1 Cylinder Bleed procedure........................................... 31-3160-29 Boom, remove and install ............................ 31-3160-25 Bucket, remove and install........................... 31-3160-27

Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-8 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank Cleaning procedure...................................... 05-0530-11 Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-6 Diesel particulate filter (DPF) Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-5 Disassemble Gear case ...................................................... 03-0360-6 Hydrostatic control valve.............................. 03-0360-56 Hydrostatic motor........................................... 03-0360-6 Hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case.............................................................. 03-0360-6 Hydrostatic pump ......................................... 03-0360-37 Park brake...................................................... 03-0360-6 Disassemble and assemble Auxiliary coupler manifold ............................ 31-3160-20 DEF header.................................................... 05-0530-9 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header ................. 05-0530-9 Hydrostatic control valve.............................. 03-0360-56 Hydrostatic pump ......................................... 03-0360-37 Self Leveling Valve....................................... 31-3160-22 Track adjuster cylinder................................. 01-0130-11 Dosing control unit (DCU) Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-5 Drive sprocket Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-4

D Damper plate Remove and install ...................................... 04-0400-19 Dealer fabricated tools DFT1087 track recoil spring disassembly and assembly guard tool .............................. 99-9900-5 DFT1325 solenoid power harness ................. 99-9900-6 DFT1333 lock nut wrench .............................. 99-9900-7 DFT1334 gearbox turning tool ....................... 99-9900-8 DFT1335 park brake spring compressor .................................................. 99-9900-9 DFT1336 bias spring compressor................ 99-9900-10 DFT1380 lift bracket..................................... 99-9900-12 ST4920 track recoil spring assembly ............. 99-9900-1 DEF header Disassemble and assemble ........................... 05-0530-9 Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-8 DEF tank Cleaning procedure...................................... 05-0530-11 DEUTSCH® connectors Repair ............................................................ 16-1600-1 DFT1087 track recoil spring disassembly and assembly guard tool.................................. 99-9900-5 DFT1325 solenoid power harness..................... 99-9900-6 DFT1333 lock nut wrench.................................. 99-9900-7 DFT1334 gearbox turning tool........................... 99-9900-8 DFT1335 park brake spring compressor ........... 99-9900-9 DFT1336 bias spring compressor ................... 99-9900-10 DFT1380 Lift bracket ................................................... 99-9900-12 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) decomposition tube Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-13 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing injector Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-13 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit Remove and install ...................................... 05-0530-12 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header Disassemble and assemble ........................... 05-0530-9

E Electrohydraulic (EH) foot pedal assembly Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-1 Electrohydraulic, left foot pedal Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-9 Electrohydraulic, right foot pedal Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-10 Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-3 Engine Control unit, remove and install ..................... 16-1600-1 Remove and install ........................................ 04-0400-2 Engine control unit (ECU) Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-1 Engine cover Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-2 Engine cradle Remove and install ...................................... 04-0400-13 Engine oil dipstick tube Remove and install ...................................... 04-0400-21 Evacuate R134a system.................................... 18-1830-9 Exhaust filter...................................................... 00-0001-7 Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-5 Exhaust Filter, Safety Safety, Exhaust Filter ................................... 00-0001-18 Expansion valve Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-12

Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Index-2

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=2

Index

Page

F Face seals Inspect ......................................................... 03-0360-32 Fan Remove and install ....................05-0510-1, 18-1830-16 Final fuel filter assembly Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-5 Fire prevention................................................... 00-0001-5 Footwell Remove and install ........................................ 19-1910-1 Front idler yoke assembly Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-6 Front or rear idler Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-5 Fuel cooler Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-6 Fuel tank Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-2

G Gear case Assemble ..................................................... 03-0360-20 Disassemble .................................................. 03-0360-6 Inspection..................................................... 03-0360-16 Leakage test ................................................ 03-0360-34 Repair ............................................................ 03-0360-3 Gear case leakage Test .............................................................. 03-0360-34

H Heater Remove and install ..................18-1830-15, 18-1830-17 Heater core Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-17 Hub coupler Remove and install ........................................ 03-0325-1 HVAC Charge ......................................................... 18-1830-10 Hydraulic Component failure cleanup procedure ..................................................... 03-0360-1 Control unit, remove and install ..................... 16-1600-2 Fittings, 30° cone seat ................................... 00-0003-8 Fittings, 37° flare ............................................ 00-0003-8 Oil cleanup procedure.................................... 21-2160-1 Start-up procedure ......................................... 03-0360-2 Hydraulic control unit (HCU) Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-2 Hydraulic control valve Disassemble and assemble ........................... 31-3160-2 Remove and install ........................................ 31-3160-1 Hydraulic cylinder Bleed procedure........................................... 31-3160-29

Disassemble and Assemble......................... 31-3160-28 Hydraulic fan motor Remove and install ........................................ 21-2160-6 Hydraulic fitting Flared connections......................................... 00-0003-9 Hydraulic oil cooler Remove and install ........................................ 21-2160-7 Hydraulic oil reservoir Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-10 Hydraulic pump Remove and install ...................................... 21-2160-12 Hydraulic/hydrostatic Component failure cleanup procedure ..................................................... 21-2160-4 Hydrostatic Start-up procedure ......................................... 03-0360-2 Hydrostatic and hydraulic Start-up procedure ......................................... 03-0360-2 Hydrostatic control valve Assemble ..................................................... 03-0360-56 Disassemble ................................................ 03-0360-56 Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03-0360-56 Install............................................................ 03-0360-55 Remove........................................................ 03-0360-55 Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-55 Hydrostatic motor Assemble ..................................................... 03-0360-20 Disassemble .................................................. 03-0360-6 Inspection..................................................... 03-0360-16 Repair ............................................................ 03-0360-3 Hydrostatic motor, park brake and gear case Repair ............................................................ 03-0360-3 Hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case Assemble ..................................................... 03-0360-20 Disassemble .................................................. 03-0360-6 Inspection..................................................... 03-0360-16 Remove and install ........................................ 03-0360-4 Hydrostatic oil filter manifold Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-54 Hydrostatic pump Assemble ..................................................... 03-0360-37 Disassemble ................................................ 03-0360-37 Disassemble and assemble ......................... 03-0360-37 Install............................................................ 03-0360-35 Remove........................................................ 03-0360-35 Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-35

I Identification Manual ....................................................................... --3 Inch bolt and cap screw Torque value .................................................. 00-0003-1 Inch series four bolt flange fitting Service recommendation, torque value for high pressure ............................................. 00-0003-10 Inspect Face seals.................................................... 03-0360-32 Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Index-3

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=3

Index

Page

Metal face seals ........................................... 03-0360-32 Inspection Gear case .................................................... 03-0360-16 Hydrostatic motor......................................... 03-0360-16 Hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case............................................................ 03-0360-16 Park brake.................................................... 03-0360-16 Install Hydrostatic control valve.............................. 03-0360-55 Hydrostatic pump ......................................... 03-0360-35 Park brake solenoid valve............................ 03-0360-57 Installation Vacuum pump ................................................ 21-2160-5 Wiper arm ...................................................... 18-1810-3 Interlocking seat bar Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-2

Manifold, hydrostatic oil filter Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-54 Manual Identification............................................................... --3 Measure Rubber track height........................................ 01-0130-1 Metal face seals Inspect ......................................................... 03-0360-32 Metri-Pack® connectors Repair ............................................................ 16-1600-1 Metric bolt and cap screw Torque value .................................................. 00-0003-3 Molex connectors Repair ............................................................ 16-1600-1 Motor speed sensor Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-12

John deere Engine............................................................ 04-0400-1 Joystick Left controller, remove and install .................. 16-1600-6 Left, disassemble and assemble.................... 16-1600-8 Right, disassemble and assemble ................. 16-1600-8

O-ring boss fittings............................................. 00-0003-6 O-ring face seal fitting Inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-12 Metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-16 Metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure torque values............................... 00-0003-14 Oil Cleanup procedure ........................................ 21-2160-1 Lines and fittings ............................................ 00-0003-6 Oil filter manifold, hydrostatic Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-54 Oil information R134a refrigerant ........................................... 18-1830-2 Oil lines and fittings ........................................... 00-0003-6 Operation qualification....................................... 00-0001-1 Operator's station Remove and install ........................................ 18-1800-1

L Leakage test Gear case .................................................... 03-0360-34 Left foot pedal, electrohydraulic Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-9 Left joystick controller Remove and install ........................................ 16-1600-6 Link Lower boom, remove and install .................... 31-3140-3 Upper boom, remove and install .................... 31-3140-1 Lock Boom, disassemble and assemble .............. 31-3140-10 Boom, remove and install .............................. 31-3140-9 Low-pressure fuel pump Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-4 Lower boom link Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-3

M Machine Blocking location ............................................ 17-1740-2 Lifting area ..................................................... 17-1740-2 Raising and blocking...................................... 17-1740-2 Welding .......................................................... 17-1740-1 Machine modifications Avoid .............................................................. 00-0001-2 Machine movement Unintended..................................................... 00-0001-9 Machine,inspect................................................. 00-0001-2

P Park brake Assemble ..................................................... 03-0360-20 Disassemble .................................................. 03-0360-6 Inspection..................................................... 03-0360-16 Repair ............................................................ 03-0360-3 Park brake solenoid valve Install............................................................ 03-0360-57 Remove........................................................ 03-0360-57 Remove and install ...................................... 03-0360-57 Parts, moving Stay clear ....................................................... 00-0001-3 Pins, metal Drive safely .................................................. 00-0001-17 Primary fuel filter and water seperator assembly Remove and install ........................................ 05-0560-4 Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Index-4

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=4

Index

Page

Q Quik-Tatch™ actuator Remove and install ........................................ 31-3104-6 Quik-Tatch™ coupler Remove and install ........................................ 31-3104-1

R R134a refrigerant oil information ....................... 18-1830-2 R134a system Charge ......................................................... 18-1830-10 Refrigerant evacuate...................................... 18-1830-9 Refrigerant oil information.............................. 18-1830-2 Refrigerant recovery ...................................... 18-1830-4 Refrigerant recovery, recycling and charging station installation procedure ..................................................... 18-1830-3 Radiator Remove and install ........................................ 05-0510-4 Radio antenna Remove and install ........................................ 20-2001-1 Rear window Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-1 Receiver-dryer Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-13 Recognize Safety, information ......................................... 00-0001-1 Recoil spring Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-8 Recover R134a refrigerant ................................ 18-1830-4 Recovery, recycling and charging station Installation procedure..................................... 18-1830-3 Refrigerant Evacuate R134a, air conditioning .................. 18-1830-9 Recover R134a, air conditioning.................... 18-1830-4 Refrigerant cautions and proper handling Air conditioning .............................................. 18-1830-1 Refueling, avoid static electricity risk................. 00-0001-4 Remove Hydrostatic control valve.............................. 03-0360-55 Hydrostatic pump ......................................... 03-0360-35 Park brake solenoid valve............................ 03-0360-57 Remove and install Accessory drive belt tensioner ..................... 04-0400-18 Air cleaner...................................................... 05-0520-1 Alternator ..................................................... 04-0400-17 Artertreatment assembly................................ 05-0530-1 Auxiliary coupler manifold ............................ 31-3160-18 Auxiliary fuel tank........................................... 05-0560-3 Cab door ........................................................ 18-1810-1 Charge air cooler ........................................... 05-0510-3 Charge pump ............................................... 03-0360-52 Compressor bracket..................................... 04-0400-20 Cooling package ............................................ 05-0510-7 Damper plate ............................................... 04-0400-19 DEF header.................................................... 05-0530-8

Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) decomposition tube ............................................................ 05-0530-13 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing injector........................................................ 05-0530-13 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) dosing unit......... 05-0530-12 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) header ................. 05-0530-8 Diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank ..................... 05-0530-6 Drive sprocket ................................................ 01-0130-4 Electrohydraulic (EH) foot pedal assembly ...................................................... 19-1910-1 Engine............................................................ 04-0400-2 Engine cover .................................................. 19-1910-2 Engine cradle ............................................... 04-0400-13 Engine oil dipstick tube ................................ 04-0400-21 Exhaust filter .................................................. 05-0530-5 Fan................................................................. 05-0510-1 Final fuel filter assembly ................................ 05-0560-5 Footwell.......................................................... 19-1910-1 Front idler yoke assembly .............................. 01-0130-6 Front or rear idler ........................................... 01-0130-5 Fuel cooler ..................................................... 05-0560-6 Fuel tank ........................................................ 05-0560-2 Hub coupler.................................................... 03-0325-1 Hydraulic fan motor........................................ 21-2160-6 Hydraulic oil cooler......................................... 21-2160-7 Hydraulic oil reservoir .................................. 21-2160-10 Hydraulic pump ............................................ 21-2160-12 Hydrostatic control valve.............................. 03-0360-55 Hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case.............................................................. 03-0360-4 Hydrostatic oil filter manifold ........................ 03-0360-54 Hydrostatic pump ......................................... 03-0360-35 Low-pressure fuel pump ................................ 05-0560-4 Operator's station........................................... 18-1800-1 Park brake solenoid valve............................ 03-0360-57 Primary fuel filter and water seperator assembly ...................................................... 05-0560-4 Radiator ......................................................... 05-0510-4 Radio antenna................................................ 20-2001-1 Receiver-dryer ............................................. 18-1830-13 Recoil spring .................................................. 01-0130-8 Ride control accumulator ............................. 31-3160-24 Ride control valve ........................................ 31-3160-25 Seat belt......................................................... 18-1821-1 Side panel ...................................................... 19-1910-2 Side window................................................... 18-1810-2 Starter motor ................................................ 04-0400-15 Top window .................................................... 18-1810-1 Track .............................................................. 01-0130-1 Track adjuster and recoil spring assembly ...................................................... 01-0130-7 Track adjuster recoil spring............................ 01-0130-8 Track roller ..................................................... 01-0130-3 Remove and Install Diesel particulate filter (DPF) ......................... 05-0530-5 Repair Gear case ...................................................... 03-0360-3 Hydrostatic motor........................................... 03-0360-3 Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Index-5

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=5

Index

Page

Hydrostatic motor, park brake, and gear case.............................................................. 03-0360-3 Park brake...................................................... 03-0360-3 Ride control accumulator Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-24 Ride control valve Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-25 Right foot pedal, Electrohydraulic Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-10 Roads Operating or traveling .................................. 00-0001-12 ROPS Inspect ......................................................... 00-0001-13 Maintain ....................................................... 00-0001-13 Rubber track Measure height .............................................. 01-0130-1

O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure ............ 00-0003-16 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure ........... 00-0003-14 Side panel Remove and Install ........................................ 19-1910-2 Side window Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-2 Single speed, motor speed sensor Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-12 Slopes Operation on ................................................ 00-0001-12 Start-up procedure Hydraulic ........................................................ 03-0360-2 Hydrostatic ..................................................... 03-0360-2 Hydrostatic and hydraulic............................... 03-0360-2 Starter motor Remove and install ...................................... 04-0400-15 Steps Use correctly Handholds .................................................. 00-0001-8

S Safety Add cab guarding for special uses............................................00-0001-1, 00-0001-8 Clean debris from machine ............................ 00-0001-8 Electrical lines .............................................. 00-0001-11 Fire................................................................. 00-0001-6 Lifting equipment.......................................... 00-0001-17 Operator's seat .............................................. 00-0001-9 Park and prepare for service safely ............. 00-0001-15 Power lines .................................................. 00-0001-11 Protective equipment ..................................... 00-0001-2 Service machine .......................................... 00-0001-15 Safety hazards Travel ........................................................... 00-0001-13 Safety, high-pressure fluids Avoid high-pressure fluids.............................. 00-0001-3 Safety, information Recognize ...................................................... 00-0001-1 SCR Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-4 Seat Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-1 Seat air spring Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-3 Seat belt Remove and install ........................................ 18-1821-1 Selective catalyst reduction (SCR) Remove and install ........................................ 05-0530-4 Self leveling valve Disassemble and assemble ......................... 31-3160-22 Remove and install ...................................... 31-3160-21 Service filter Cleaning......................................................... 05-0530-1 Service recommendation Inch series four bolt flange fitting for high pressure ..................................................... 00-0003-10 O-ring face seal fittings with inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure .................. 00-0003-12

T Test Gear case leakage....................................... 03-0360-34 Tools, dealer fabricated ST4920 track recoil spring assembly ............. 99-9900-1 Top window Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-1 Torque value 30° cone seat hydraulic fittings ...................... 00-0003-8 37° flare hydraulic fittings............................... 00-0003-8 Flared connections......................................... 00-0003-9 Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting.................... 00-0003-11 Inch series four bolt flange fitting for high pressure ..................................................... 00-0003-10 Metric bolt and cap screw .............................. 00-0003-3 Metric cap screw ............................................ 00-0003-5 Metric four bolt flange fitting......................... 00-0003-18 O-Ring boss fitting ......................................... 00-0003-6 O-ring face seal fittings with inch hex nut and stud end for high pressure .................. 00-0003-12 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for high pressure ............ 00-0003-16 O-ring face seal fittings with metric hex nut and stud end for standard pressure ........... 00-0003-14 Unified inch bolt and cap screw ..................... 00-0003-1 Track Measure height .............................................. 01-0130-1 Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-1 Track adjuster and recoil spring assembly Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-7 Track adjuster cylinder Disassemble and assemble ......................... 01-0130-11 Track adjuster recoil spring Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-8 Continued on next page

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Index-6

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=6

Index

Page

Track height Measure ......................................................... 01-0130-1 Track roller Remove and install ........................................ 01-0130-3 Traveling On public roads............................................ 00-0001-12 Two speed, motor speed sensor Remove and install ...................................... 16-1600-12 Tyco™ connectors Repair ............................................................ 16-1600-1

Valve Hydraulic control valve, disassemble and assemble...................................................... 31-3160-2 Hydraulic control, remove and install ............. 31-3160-1 Remove and install ...................................... 18-1830-12 Selve leveling, remove and install................ 31-3160-21

U Upper boom link Remove and install ........................................ 31-3140-1

W Weather Pack™ connectors Repair ............................................................ 16-1600-1 Welding on machine .......................................... 17-1740-1 Welding repairs................................................ 00-0001-16 Window Remove and install ........................................ 18-1810-1 Wiper arm Installation...................................................... 18-1810-3

Vacuum pump Installation...................................................... 21-2160-5

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Index-7

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=7

Index

TM14064X19 (01FEB21)

Index-8

331G and 333G Compact Track Loader

020121

PN=8